Document:

Registration Rights Agreement - 7 3/4% Senior Notes

 Exhibit 4.j 
  

CROWN AMERICAS, LLC 
  
 and 
  
 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. 
  
 $600,000,000 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2015 
  
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 New York, New York 
 November 18, 2005 
  
 Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
 Lehman Brothers Inc. 
 Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 
 Banc of America Securities LLC 
 As Representatives of the several Initial 
 Purchasers named in Schedule I hereto 
 c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
 388 Greenwich Street 
 New York, New York 10013 
  
 Dear Sirs:

  
 Crown Holdings, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation
(“Crown”), and the indirect parent company of Crown Americas, LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company (the “Company”) and Crown Americas Capital Corp., a Delaware Corporation (“Crown Americas
Capital” and, together with the Company, the “Notes Issuers”), proposes among other things, that the Notes Issuers issue and sell to the several initial purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (the “Initial
Purchasers”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of their 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) upon the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement dated November 8, 2005 (the “Purchase Agreement”) relating
to the initial placement of the Notes (the “Initial Placement”). The Notes Issuers’ obligations under the Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) by Crown and each of Crown’s
subsidiaries named in Schedule II to the Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “Guarantors”). References herein to the “Issuers” refer to the Notes Issuers and the Guarantors. References herein to the
“Securities” refer to the Notes and the Guarantees. To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to satisfy a condition of your obligations thereunder, the Issuers hereby agree with you for your benefit
and the benefit of the holders from time to time of Securities and Exchange Securities (as defined below) (including the Initial Purchasers) (each a “Holder” and collectively the “Holders”) as follows:

  
 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein
without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following defined terms shall have the following respective meanings: 
  
 “Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person shall mean any other Person that, directly or
indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
  
 “Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered
as such under the Exchange Act. 
  
 “Business
Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City. 
  
 “Crown Americas Capital” shall mean Crown Americas Capital
Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto. 
  
 “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Company” shall mean Crown Americas, LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company, and any successor thereto. 
  

“Conduct Rules” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(u) hereof. 
  
 “Crown” shall mean Crown Holdings, Inc., a Pennsylvania
corporation, and any successor thereto. 
  
 “Exchange
Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration Period” shall mean the one-year period following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer,
exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement of the Issuers on an appropriate form under the Act with
respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material
incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Exchange
Securities” shall mean debt securities of the Notes Issuers guaranteed by the Guarantors identical in all material respects to the Securities (except that the cash interest and interest rate step-up provisions and U.S. transfer restrictions
shall be modified or eliminated as appropriate) to be issued under the Indenture. 
  
 “Exchanging Dealer” shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from any Issuer or any Affiliate of any Issuer) for Exchange Securities. 
  
 “Final Memorandum” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 “Guarantees” shall have the meaning set forth in the
preamble hereto. 
  

 -2- 

 “Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble
hereto. 
  
 “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture
relating to the Securities to be dated as of the date of original issuance of the Notes among the Notes Issuers, the Guarantors and Citibank, N.A., as trustee, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

  
 “Initial Placement” shall have the meaning
set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Initial
Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Issuers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof. 
  
 “Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Securities and
Exchange Securities registered under a Registration Statement. 
  
 “Managing Underwriters” shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that shall administer an underwritten offering. 
  
 “Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Person” shall mean an individual, trustee, corporation,
partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, union, business association, firm or other legal entity. 
  
 “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses
information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of
any portion of the Securities or the Exchange Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the
preamble hereto. 
  
 “Registered Exchange Offer”
shall mean the proposed offer of the Issuers to issue and deliver to the Holders of the Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate
principal amount of the Exchange Securities. 
  
 “Registration Statement” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the Exchange Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any
amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Representatives” shall have the meaning set forth in the
preamble hereto. 
  
 “Securities” shall have the
meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  

 -3- 

 “Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3
hereof. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Period” shall
have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Issuers pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or Exchange Securities, as
applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including
the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture. 
  
 “underwriter” shall mean any underwriter of Securities or
Exchange Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 2. Registered Exchange Offer. (a) The Issuers shall prepare and, not later than 120 days following the date of the original issuance of the
Securities (or if such 120th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), shall file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. The Issuers shall use their reasonable
best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Act within 240 days of the date of the original issuance of the Securities (or if such 240th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

  
 (b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement, the Issuers shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an
Affiliate of any Issuer, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, has no arrangements with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities and is not prohibited by any law or
policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the securities
laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States. 
  
 (c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall: 
  
 (i) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate
letter of transmittal and related documents; 
  
 (ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or longer if required by applicable law); 
  
 (iii) use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously
effective under the Act, supplemented and amended as required under the Act, to ensure that it is available for sales of Exchange Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period; 
  

 -4- 

 (iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an
address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which may be the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee; 
  
 (v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on
which the Registered Exchange Offer is open; 
  
 (vi) if requested by the Commission, prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Issuers are conducting the Registered Exchange Offer in
reliance on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991); and (B) including a representation that the Issuers
have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any Person to distribute the Exchange Securities to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Issuers’ information and belief, each Holder participating
in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities; and 
  
 (vii) comply in all respects with all applicable laws.

  
 (d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered
Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall: 
  
 (i) accept
for exchange all Securities validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
  
 (ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 4(s) hereof all Securities so accepted for exchange; and

  
 (iii) cause the Trustee promptly to
authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities a principal amount of Exchange Securities equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange. 
  
 (e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Registered Exchange
Offer to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Securities (x) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail.
June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction which must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required
by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Act if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from any Issuer or one of its Affiliates.
Accordingly, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Issuers that, at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer: 
  
 (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be
acquired in the ordinary course of business; 
  

 -5- 

 (ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate
in the distribution of the Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Act; and 
  
 (iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of any Issuer. 
  
 (f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect
to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Issuers shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser or the Person purchasing Exchange Securities registered under a
Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of Exchange Securities. The Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the same
CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be assigned for such Exchange Securities as for Exchange Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer. 
  
 (g) Interest on each Exchange Security shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Security surrendered in exchange therefor or, if
no interest has been paid on such Security, from the date of such Security’s original issue. 
  
 3. Shelf Registration. (a) If (i) due to any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the
Issuers determine upon advice of their outside counsel that they are not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof; (ii) for any other reason the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated
within 270 days after the date of the original issuance of the Securities; or (iii) prior to the 20th day following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (x) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Securities that are
not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and that are held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, (y) any Holder notifies the Notes Issuers that it is not or was not eligible
to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer or (z) in the case of any Initial Purchaser that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer or acquires Exchange Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, such Initial Purchaser notifies
the Notes Issuers that it will not or did not receive freely tradeable Exchange Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (A) the requirement that an Initial Purchaser
deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Act in connection with sales of Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such Exchange Securities being
not “freely tradeable”; and (B) the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of Exchange Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such Exchange Securities being not “freely tradeable”), the Issuers shall effect a Shelf Registration in accordance with Section 3(b) hereof. 
  
 (b) (i)The Issuers shall as promptly as practicable (but in no event more
than 60 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 3), file with the Commission, and thereafter shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Act within 120 days after so required or
requested pursuant to this Section 3, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of
distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf
Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of 

  

 -6- 

 
this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided, further, that with respect to Exchange Securities received by an Initial Purchaser in
exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Issuers may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing
the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of their obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred
to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 (ii) The Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and
amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders until the earliest of (x) the time when all the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, covered by the Shelf Registration
Statement can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act without any limitations under clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144 under the Act, (y) two years from the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement (or until one
year from the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement if the Shelf Registration Statement is filed at the request of an Initial Purchaser) and (z) the date on which all the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, covered by
the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (in any such case, such period being called the “Shelf Registration Period”). The Issuers shall be deemed not to have used their reasonable
best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if any of them voluntarily takes any action that would reasonably be expected to result in Holders of Securities or Exchange Securities covered thereby not
being able to offer and sell such Securities or Exchange Securities during that period, unless (A) such action is required by applicable law; or (B) such action is taken by such Issuer in good faith and for valid business reasons (not
including avoidance of its obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, so long as the Issuers thereafter comply with the requirements of Section 4(k) hereof, if applicable. 
  
 (iii) The Issuers shall cause the Shelf Registration
Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements
of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission; and (B) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
  
 4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply:

  
 (a) The Issuers shall: 
  
 (i) furnish to each of you, not less than five Business Days
prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein
(including all documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use their reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as you reasonably propose;

  
 (ii) in the case of an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, to the extent permitted by the Act, include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the front cover of the Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, 

  

 -7- 

 
in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Exchange Offer, in
Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the
Registered Exchange Offer; 
  
 (iii) in the case
of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement;
and 
  
 (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration
Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities or Exchange Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders. 
  
 (b) The Issuers shall ensure that: 
  
 (i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any
amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; and 
  
 (ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. 
  
 (c) The Issuers shall advise you, the Holders of Securities or Exchange Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any
Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that has provided in writing to any Issuer a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by you or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm
such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Issuers shall have remedied the basis for such suspension): 
  
 (i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto
has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; 
  
 (ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional
information; 
  
 (iii) of the issuance by the
Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; 
  
 (iv) of the receipt by any Issuer of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included
therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; and 
  
 (v) of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, the
statements therein are 

  

 -8- 

 
not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the
Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. 
  
 (d) The Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any
Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest possible time. 
  
 (e) The Issuers shall furnish to each Holder of Securities or Exchange Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without
charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits
incorporated by reference therein). 
  
 (f) The
Issuers shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities or Exchange Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus)
included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request. The Issuers consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of
securities in connection with the offering and sale of the securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 (g) The Issuers shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at least one copy
of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated by reference therein, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits
incorporated by reference therein). 
  
 (h) The
Issuers shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and each other Person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such
Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such Person may reasonably request. The Issuers consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging
Dealer and any such other Person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
  
 (i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities or Exchange Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Issuers shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the
Securities or the Exchange Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder shall reasonably request and will maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall any Issuer be
obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement, the Registered Exchange
Offer or any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject. 
  
 (j) The Issuers shall cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Exchange
Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request. 
  

 -9- 

 (k) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through
(v) above, the Issuers shall promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to
purchasers of the Securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 2 hereof and the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 3(b) hereof shall each
be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have
received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section 4. 
  
 (l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Issuers shall provide CUSIP and ISIN numbers for the Securities
or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or Exchange Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust
Company. 
  
 (m) The Issuers shall comply with
all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to their security holders as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement an earnings statement satisfying the
provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act. 
  
 (n) The Issuers shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner. 
  
 (o) The Notes Issuers may require each Holder of securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the
Notes Issuers such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such securities as the Notes Issuers may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement. The Notes Issuers may exclude from such Shelf
Registration Statement the Securities or Exchange Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. 
  
 (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers shall enter into such and take all other
appropriate actions (including if requested an underwriting agreement in customary form) in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities or Exchange Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting
agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to the Majority Holders and the Managing
Underwriters, if any, with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 6. 
  
 (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers shall: 
  
 (i) make reasonably available for inspection by a representative for the Holders of Securities or Exchange
Securities to be registered thereunder, which representative shall be selected by the Majority Holders, by the underwriters, if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and by any attorney, accountant or
other agent for the Holders retained by the Majority Holders or for the underwriters, if any, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each Issuer and its subsidiaries; 
  

 -10- 

 (ii) cause the officers, directors and employees of each Issuer to supply all relevant
information reasonably requested by the representative for the Holders, by the underwriters, if any, or by any such attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Shelf Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence
examinations; provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by any Issuer, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders, the underwriters,
if any, and any such attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an
accompanying obligation of confidentiality; 
  
 (iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities or Exchange Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in
primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement; 
  
 (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuers (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory
to the Managing Underwriters, if any, addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably
requested by such Holders and underwriters; 
  
 (v) obtain “cold comfort” letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Notes Issuers (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any Issuer or any subsidiary of any Issuer or of
any business acquired by any Issuer for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Shelf Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of securities registered thereunder and the
underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and 
  
 (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders and the
Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Issuers. 
  
 The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this
Section 4(q) shall be performed at (A) the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto; and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required
thereunder. 
  
 (r) In the case of any Exchange
Offer Registration Statement, upon the request of any Initial Purchaser, the Issuers shall: 
  
 (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the
Initial Purchasers, all relevant financial and 

  

 -11- 

 
other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Issuers and their respective subsidiaries; 
  
 (ii) cause the officers, directors and employees of each
Issuer to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by any Initial Purchaser or any attorney, accountant or agent retained by the Initial Purchasers in connection with any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement as is customary for
similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by any Issuer, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Initial Purchaser
or any such attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying
obligation of confidentiality; 
  
 (iii) make
such representations and warranties to the Initial Purchasers, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in
the Purchase Agreement; 
  
 (iv) obtain opinions
of counsel to the Issuers (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel, addressed to the Initial Purchasers, covering such matters as are customarily covered
in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel; 
  
 (v) obtain “cold comfort” letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other
independent certified public accountants of any Issuer or any subsidiary of any Issuer or of any business acquired by any Issuer for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement), addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, or if requested by the
Initial Purchasers or their counsel in lieu of a “cold comfort” letter, an agreed-upon procedures letter under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 35, covering matters requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel; and

  
 (vi) deliver such documents and certificates
as may be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with conditions customarily contained in underwriting agreements. 
  
 The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v), and
(vi) of this Section 4(r) shall be performed at the close of the Registered Exchange Offer and the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
  
 (s) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated,
upon delivery of the Securities by Holders to the Notes Issuers (or to such other Person as directed by the Notes Issuers) in exchange for the Exchange Securities, the Notes Issuers shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged
that such Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities. In no event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied. 
  
 (t) The Issuers will use their reasonable best efforts (i) if the Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such
Securities, to confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities or the 

  

 -12- 

 
Exchange Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Exchange Offer Registration Statement; or (ii) if the Securities were not previously rated, to
cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with at least one nationally recognized statistical rating agency, if so requested by Majority Holders with respect to the related Registration Statement or by any Managing
Underwriters. 
  
 (u) In the event that any
Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or Exchange Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “Conduct Rules”)) thereof, whether as a Holder or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Issuers shall assist such
Broker-Dealer in complying with the requirements of such Conduct Rules, including, without limitation, by: 
  
 (i) if such Conduct Rules shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in such Rules) to
participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement, to exercise usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made
through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities or Exchange Securities; 
  
 (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in
Section 6 hereof; and 
  
 (iii) providing
such information to such Broker-Dealer as may be required in order for such Broker-Dealer to comply with the requirements of such Conduct Rules. 
  
 (v) The Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or
the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement. 
  
 5. Registration Expenses. The Issuers shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration
Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel designated by the Majority Holders to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith, and, in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration
Statement, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel acting in connection therewith. 
  
 6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Issuers, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or
Exchange Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser and each Affiliate thereof and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging
Dealer), the directors, officers, employees and agents of each such Holder and each person who controls any such Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus,
or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and to
reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, 
  

 -13- 

 
for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action;
provided, however, that the Issuers will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Notes Issuers by or on behalf of any such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; provided, further, that with respect to any untrue
statement or omission of material fact made in any preliminary Prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6 shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder from whom the Person asserting any such loss, claim, damage or liability
purchased such Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Holder occurs under the circumstance where it shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
by final and nonappealable judgment that (w) the Notes Issuers had previously furnished copies of the Prospectus to such Holder, (x) delivery of the Prospectus was required by the Act to be made to such Person, (y) the untrue
statement or omission of a material fact contained in the preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus and (z) there was not sent or given to such Person, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such securities to such
Person, a copy of the Prospectus. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Issuers may otherwise have. 
  
 The Issuers also, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) to Losses of each underwriter of Securities or
Exchange Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors, officers, employees or agents and each person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of
the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof. 
  
 (b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including
each Initial Purchaser and each Affiliate thereof and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, each of
their respective directors, each of their respective officers who signs such Registration Statement, and each person who controls any Issuer within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from
the Issuers to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This
indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder may otherwise have. 
  
 (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if
a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 6, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it
from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will
not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel
of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the
fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the
indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the
reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; 

  

 -14- 

 
(ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying
party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize
the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment
with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action)
unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding. An indemnifying party shall not be liable under this Section 6
to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought
hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by such indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

  
 (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in
paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the
aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such
Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser or any subsequent Holder of any Security or Exchange Security be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission
applicable to such Security, or in the case of an Exchange Security, applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such Exchange Security, as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for
any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding
sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the
one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Issuers shall be deemed to be
equal to the sum of (x) the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum and (y) the total amount of additional interest which the Issuers were not
required to pay as a result of registering the securities covered by the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as
set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, registered under the Act. Benefits received by
any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the
indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if
contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations 

  

 -15- 

 
referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 6, each person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or
the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls any Issuer within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer
of any Issuer who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of any Issuer shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuers, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d). 

 
 (e) The provisions of this Section 6 will remain in full force and
effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Issuers or any of the officers, directors or controlling Persons referred to in this Section 6 hereof, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered
by a Registration Statement. 
  
 7. Underwritten
Registrations. (a) If any of the Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders.

  
 (b) No Person may participate in any underwritten offering
pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the
Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting
arrangements. 
  
 8. No Inconsistent Agreements. No Issuer
has, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the
provisions hereof. 
  
 9. Amendments and Waivers. The
provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers have obtained the
written consent of the Majority Holders; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Issuers shall obtain the written consent of each Initial Purchaser against
which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing proviso), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates
exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the
Majority Holders, determined on the basis of Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement. 
  
 10. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by
hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
  
 (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such holder to the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 10, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to Citigroup Global Markets Inc.; 
  

 -16- 

 (b) if to you, initially at the respective addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement;
and 
  
 (c) if to the Issuers, initially at their
address set forth in the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 All such notices
and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received. 
  
 The Initial Purchasers or the Issuers by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 11. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Issuers thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the Exchange Securities. The Issuers hereby
agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities or the Exchange Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto. 
  
 12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be in signed counterparts, each
of which shall an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
  
 13. Headings. The headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
  
 14. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York. 
  
 15. Severability. In the event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it
being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. 
  
 16. Securities Held by the Issuers, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or
Exchange Securities is required hereunder, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, held by any Issuer or its Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities or Exchange Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be
Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or Exchange Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage. 
  

 -17- 

 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us
the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this Agreement and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Issuers and the several Initial Purchasers. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,

	
	 Crown Holdings, Inc.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Alan W. Rutherford

	 Name:
	 	 Alan W. Rutherford

	 Title:
	 	 Vice Chairman of the Board, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	 Attest:

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

	 Name:
	 	 Michael B. Burns

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President and Treasurer

	
	 Crown Americas, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

	 Name:
	 	 Michael B. Burns

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President and Treasurer

	
	 Crown Americas Capital Corp.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

	 Name:
	 	 Michael B. Burns

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President and Treasurer

			
	 GUARANTORS:

	
	 Central States Can Co. of Puerto Rico, Inc.
 CROWN Beverage Packaging Puerto Rico, Inc.
 Crown Consultants, Inc.
 Crown Cork & Seal Company (DE), LLC
 Crown Cork & Seal Company,
Inc.
 Crown Financial Corporation
 Crown Financial Management, Inc.
 Crown International Holdings, Inc.
 CROWN Packaging Technology, Inc.
 Foreign Manufacturers Finance Corporation
 NWR, Inc.
 Crown Holdings (PA), LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

	 Name:
	 	 Michael B. Burns

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President and Treasurer

	
	 CROWN Cork & Seal USA, Inc.
 CROWN Risdon USA, Inc.
 Crown Beverage Packaging, Inc.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

	 Name:
	 	 Michael B. Burns

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President and Treasurer

 The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed  
 and accepted as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	 Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
 Lehman Brothers Inc.
 Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
 Banc of America Securities LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Whitner Marshall

	 Name:
	 	 Whitner Marshall

	 Title:
	 	 Director

  
 For
themselves and the other several Initial 
 Purchasers named in Schedule I to the 
 foregoing Agreement. 

 SCHEDULE I 
  
 Initial Purchasers: 
  
 Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
 Lehman Brothers Inc. 
 Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 
 Banc of America Securities LLC 
 BNP Paribas Securities Corp. 
 Calyon Securities (USA) Inc. 
 ABN AMRO Incorporated 
 Credit Suisse First Boston LLC 
 Scotia Capital (USA) Inc. 

 ANNEX A 
  
 Each Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus
in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning
of the Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired by such
Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Issuers have agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date (as defined herein) and ending on the close of business one year after the Expiration Date, they will
make this Prospectus available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.” 

 ANNEX B 
  
 Each Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Securities were acquired by such
Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.” 

 ANNEX C 
  
 Plan of Distribution 
  
 Each Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus
in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Securities
where such Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Issuers have agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date and ending on the close of business one year after the Expiration Date, they will
make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until
                    , 200    , all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to
deliver a prospectus. 
  
 The Issuers will not receive any
proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by Brokers-Dealers. Exchange Securities received by Broker-Dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter
market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or
negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such Broker-Dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange
Securities. Any Broker-Dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be
an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and any profit of any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such Persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Act. The Letter
of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. 
  
 For a period of one year after the Expiration Date, the Issuers will promptly
send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any Broker-Dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Issuers have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer
(including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Securities (including any Broker-Dealers) against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Act. 
  
 If applicable, add
information required by Regulation S-K Items 507 and/or 508. 

 ANNEX D 
  

	 ̈	CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO. 

  

					
	 	 	Name: 	 	 
	 	 	Address: 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 

  
 If the undersigned is not a
Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities and it has no arrangements or
understandings with any Person to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a Broker-Dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities
to be exchanged for Exchange Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by
so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act.Indenture - 7 5/8% Senior Notes

 Exhibit 4.k 
  

  
 CROWN AMERICAS LLC 
  
 and 
  
 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. 
  
 as Issuers 
  
 the Guarantors named herein 
  
 and 
  
 Citibank, N.A. 
  
 as Trustee 
  

  
 INDENTURE 
  
 Dated as of November 18, 2005 
  

  
 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2013 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

					
	   TIA
 Section

	  	 Indenture
 Section

	310	 	(a)(1)	  	7.10
	 	 	(a)(2)	  	7.10
	 	 	(a)(3)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(a)(4)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(a)(5)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(b)	  	7.08; 7.10; 11.02
	 	 	(b)(1)	  	7.10
	 	 	(c)	  	N.A.
	311	 	(a)	  	7.11
	 	 	(b)	  	7.11
	 	 	(c)	  	N.A.
	312	 	(a)	  	2.06
	 	 	(b)	  	11.03
	 	 	(c)	  	11.03
	313	 	(a)	  	7.06
	 	 	(b)(1)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(b)(2)	  	7.06
	 	 	(c)	  	7.06; 11.02
	 	 	(d)	  	7.06
	314	 	(a)	  	4.06; 4.16; 11.02
	 	 	(b)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(c)(1)	  	11.04
	 	 	(c)(2)	  	11.04
	 	 	(c)(3)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(d)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(e)	  	11.05
	 	 	(f)	  	N.A.
	315	 	(a)	  	7.01(b)
	 	 	(b)	  	7.05; 11.02
	 	 	(c)	  	7.01(a)
	 	 	(d)	  	7.01(c)
	 	 	(e)	  	6.12
	316	 	(a) (last sentence)	  	2.10
	 	 	(a)(1)(A)	  	6.05
	 	 	(a)(1)(B)	  	6.04
	 	 	(a)(2)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(b)	  	6.08
	 	 	(c)	  	8.04
	317	 	(a)(1)	  	6.09
	 	 	(a)(2)	  	6.10
	 	 	(b)	  	2.05; 7.12
	318	 	(a)	  	11.01

 N.A. means Not
Applicable 
  

	Note:	This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 	  	ARTICLE ONE	  	 
			
	 	  	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	 
			
	 SECTION 1.01.
	  	Definitions	  	1
	 SECTION 1.02.
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	36
	 SECTION 1.03.
	  	Rules of Construction	  	36
			
	 	  	ARTICLE TWO	  	 
			
	 	  	THE SECURITIES	  	 
			
	 SECTION 2.01.
	  	Amount of Notes	  	37
	 SECTION 2.02.
	  	Form and Dating; Legends	  	37
	 SECTION 2.03.
	  	Execution and Authentication	  	38
	 SECTION 2.04.
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	38
	 SECTION 2.05.
	  	Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust	  	39
	 SECTION 2.06.
	  	Noteholder Lists	  	39
	 SECTION 2.07.
	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	39
	 SECTION 2.08.
	  	Replacement Notes	  	40
	 SECTION 2.09.
	  	Outstanding Notes	  	41
	 SECTION 2.10.
	  	Treasury Notes	  	41
	 SECTION 2.11.
	  	Temporary Notes	  	41
	 SECTION 2.12.
	  	Cancellation	  	42
	 SECTION 2.13.
	  	Defaulted Interest	  	42
	 SECTION 2.14.
	  	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers	  	42
	 SECTION 2.15.
	  	Deposit of Moneys	  	43
	 SECTION 2.16.
	  	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes	  	43
	 SECTION 2.17.
	  	Transfer and Exchange of Notes	  	44
	 SECTION 2.18.
	  	Computation of Interest	  	52
	 SECTION 2.19.
	  	Joint and Several Liability	  	52
			
	 	  	ARTICLE THREE	  	 
			
	 	  	REDEMPTION	  	 
			
	 SECTION 3.01.
	  	Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee	  	52
	 SECTION 3.02.
	  	Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed	  	52
	 SECTION 3.03.
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	53
	 SECTION 3.04.
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	53

  

 -i- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 SECTION 3.05.
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	54
	 SECTION 3.06.
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	54
			
	 	  	ARTICLE FOUR	  	 
			
	 	  	COVENANTS	  	 
			
	 SECTION 4.01.
	  	Payment of Notes	  	54
	 SECTION 4.02.
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	55
	 SECTION 4.03.
	  	Legal Existence	  	55
	 SECTION 4.04.
	  	Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Compliance with Law	  	56
	 SECTION 4.05.
	  	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws	  	56
	 SECTION 4.06.
	  	Compliance Certificate	  	57
	 SECTION 4.07.
	  	Taxes	  	57
	 SECTION 4.08.
	  	Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control	  	57
	 SECTION 4.09.
	  	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	60
	 SECTION 4.10.
	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	63
	 SECTION 4.11.
	  	Limitation on Liens	  	68
	 SECTION 4.12.
	  	Limitation on Asset Sales	  	70
	 SECTION 4.13.
	  	Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	73
	 SECTION 4.14.
	  	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates	  	76
	 SECTION 4.15.
	  	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions	  	77
	 SECTION 4.16.
	  	Reports to Holders	  	78
	 SECTION 4.17.
	  	Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries	  	79
	 SECTION 4.18.
	  	Termination of Certain Covenants in Event of Investment Grade Rating	  	79
			
	 	  	ARTICLE FIVE	  	 
			
	 	  	SUCCESSOR CORPORATION	  	 
			
	 SECTION 5.01.
	  	Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets	  	80
	 SECTION 5.02.
	  	Successor Person Substituted	  	82
			
	 	  	ARTICLE SIX	  	 
			
	 	  	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	 
			
	 SECTION 6.01.
	  	Events of Default	  	83
	 SECTION 6.02.
	  	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission	  	85

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 SECTION 6.03.
	  	Other Remedies	  	85
	 SECTION 6.04.
	  	Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default	  	86
	 SECTION 6.05.
	  	Control by Majority	  	86
	 SECTION 6.06.
	  	Limitation on Suits	  	87
	 SECTION 6.07.
	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	87
	 SECTION 6.08.
	  	Rights of Holders To Receive Payment	  	88
	 SECTION 6.09.
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	88
	 SECTION 6.10.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	88
	 SECTION 6.11.
	  	Priorities	  	89
	 SECTION 6.12.
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	89
			
	 	  	ARTICLE SEVEN	  	 
			
	 	  	TRUSTEE	  	 
			
	 SECTION 7.01.
	  	Duties of Trustee	  	89
	 SECTION 7.02.
	  	Rights of Trustee	  	91
	 SECTION 7.03.
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	92
	 SECTION 7.04.
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	92
	 SECTION 7.05.
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	92
	 SECTION 7.06.
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders	  	93
	 SECTION 7.07.
	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	93
	 SECTION 7.08.
	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	94
	 SECTION 7.09.
	  	Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc.	  	95
	 SECTION 7.10.
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	95
	 SECTION 7.11.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers	  	96
	 SECTION 7.12.
	  	Paying Agents	  	96
			
	 	  	ARTICLE EIGHT	  	 
			
	 	  	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  	 
			
	 SECTION 8.01.
	  	Without Consent of Noteholders	  	96
	 SECTION 8.02.
	  	With Consent of Noteholders	  	97
	 SECTION 8.03.
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	99
	 SECTION 8.04.
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	99
	 SECTION 8.05.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	99
	 SECTION 8.06.
	  	Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.	  	100

  

 -iii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 	  	ARTICLE NINE	  	 
			
	 	  	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	  	 
			
	 SECTION 9.01.
	  	Discharge of Indenture	  	100
	 SECTION 9.02.
	  	Legal Defeasance	  	101
	 SECTION 9.03.
	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	102
	 SECTION 9.04.
	  	Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	103
	 SECTION 9.05.
	  	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust	  	104
	 SECTION 9.06.
	  	Reinstatement	  	104
	 SECTION 9.07.
	  	Moneys Held by Paying Agent	  	105
	 SECTION 9.08.
	  	Moneys Held by Trustee	  	105
			
	 	  	ARTICLE TEN	  	 
			
	 	  	GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES	  	 
			
	 SECTION 10.01.
	  	Guarantee	  	106
	 SECTION 10.02.
	  	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	  	107
	 SECTION 10.03.
	  	Release of Guarantors	  	107
	 SECTION 10.04.
	  	Waiver of Subrogation	  	108
	 SECTION 10.05.
	  	Notice to Trustee	  	109
	 SECTION 10.06.
	  	Limitation on Guarantor’s Liability	  	109
			
	 	  	ARTICLE ELEVEN	  	 
			
	 	  	MISCELLANEOUS	  	 
			
	 SECTION 11.01.
	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	110
	 SECTION 11.02.
	  	Notices	  	110
	 SECTION 11.03.
	  	Communications by Holders with Other Holders	  	112
	 SECTION 11.04.
	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	112
	 SECTION 11.05.
	  	Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion	  	112
	 SECTION 11.06.
	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	113
	 SECTION 11.07.
	  	Business Days; Legal Holidays	  	113
	 SECTION 11.08.
	  	Governing Law	  	113
	 SECTION 11.09.
	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	113
	 SECTION 11.10.
	  	Successors	  	113
	 SECTION 11.11.
	  	Multiple Counterparts	  	113
	 SECTION 11.12.
	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	113
	 SECTION 11.13.
	  	Separability	  	114
	 SIGNATURES
	  	 

  

 -iv- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 	  	EXHIBITS	  	 
			
	 Exhibit A-1.
	  	 Form of Restricted Note
	  	A-1-1
	 Exhibit A-2.
	  	 Form of Unrestricted Note
	  	A-2-1
	 Exhibit B.
	  	 Form of Private Placement Legend
	  	B-1
	 Exhibit C.
	  	 Form of Legend for Global Note
	  	C-1
	 Exhibit D.
	  	 Form of Certificate of Transfer
	  	D-1
	 Exhibit E.
	  	 Form of Certificate of Exchange
	  	E-1
	 Exhibit F.
	  	 Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor
	  	F-1
	 Exhibit G.
	  	 Form of Note Guarantee
	  	G-1

  

 -v- 

 INDENTURE, dated as of November 18, 2005, among Crown Americas LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability
company (“Crown Americas”) and Crown Americas Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Capital Corp.,” and, together with Crown Americas, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors (as defined) and Citibank,
N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
  
 Each party
agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE ONE 
  
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
  

	SECTION 1.01.	Definitions. 

  
 “Accounts Receivable Entity” means a Subsidiary of Parent or any other Person in which Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent makes
an Investment: 
  
 (1) that is formed solely for
the purpose of, and that engages in no activities other than activities in connection with, financing accounts receivable; 
  
 (2) that is designated by the Board of Directors of Parent as an Accounts Receivable Entity pursuant to a Board of Directors’
resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate and delivered to the Trustee; 
  
 (3) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is at any time Guaranteed by Parent
or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than any Guarantee of Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is at any time recourse to or obligates Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary of Parent in any way, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (c) subjects any asset of Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the
satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such Indebtedness, “Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness”); 
  
 (4) with which neither Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent has any material contract, agreement,
arrangement or understanding other than contracts, agreements, arrangements and understandings entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no less favorable to Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at
the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Parent in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction and fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable in connection with such a Qualified
Receivables Transaction; and 

 (5) with respect to which neither Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent has any
obligation to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of operations thereof. 
  
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
  
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person merges with or into or becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 
  
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset
acquired by such specified Person. 
  
 “Additional
Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01. 
  
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition,
“control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. No Person (other than Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent) in whom
an Accounts Receivable Entity makes an Investment in connection with a financing of accounts receivable will be deemed to be an Affiliate of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment. 
  
 “Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning set forth in
Section 4.14. 
  
 “Agent” means any
Registrar, Paying Agent, or agent for service or notices and demands. 
  
 “Agent Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 
  
 “amend” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify; and “amendment” shall have a correlative meaning. 
  
 “Applicable Treasury Rate” for any Make-Whole Redemption
Date, means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available
at least two Business Days prior to the Make-Whole Redemption Date of the Notes (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer 

  

 -2- 

 
published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Make-Whole Redemption Date to November 15,
2009; provided, however, that if the period from the Make-Whole Redemption Date to November 15, 2009 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Applicable
Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given except that if the period from the
Make-Whole Redemption Date to November 15, 2009 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 
  
 “asset” means any asset or property, whether real, personal
or mixed, tangible or intangible. 
  
 “Asset
Sale” means: 
  
 (1) the Transfer by
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of any property or assets (provided that the Transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent, Crown or an Issuer and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will
be governed by the applicable provisions of Article Five and not by the provisions of Section 4.12); and 
  
 (2) the issue or sale by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following will not be
deemed to be Asset Sales: 
  
 (1) sales of
inventory in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (2) sales of accounts receivable to the Accounts Receivable Entity pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof, including cash in an amount at least equal to 75% of the Fair Market Value thereof;

  
 (3) any transfer of accounts receivable, or a
fractional undivided interest therein, by an Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
  
 (4) any Transfer of assets (including, without limitation, Equity Interests of any Subsidiary) in a single transaction or a series of
related transactions for which Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration or which assets have a Fair Market Value of less than $25,000,000; 
  
 (5) a Transfer of assets by Parent to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (or to a Person that becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent upon the consummation of 

  

 -3- 

 
such Transfer) or by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to Parent or to another Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (or to a Person that becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of Parent upon the consummation of such Transfer); 
  
 (6) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to Parent or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (7) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.10 or any Permitted Investment; 
  
 (8) the sale or disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

  
 (9) any exchange of like property pursuant to
Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; 
  
 (10) the creation of Liens otherwise permitted under this Indenture, including, without limitation, a pledge of assets otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 
  
 (11) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any
non-exclusive license of patents, trademarks, registrations thereof and other similar intellectual property; 
  
 (12) the sale or disposition of obsolete, damaged or worn out assets or assets no longer used or useful, in each case in the ordinary
course of business; and 
  
 (13) the Transfer of
property or assets (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) the aggregate Fair Market Value of which assets, when taken together with the Fair Market Value of all other property or assets Transferred in reliance on this clause (13) (in
each case measured on the date of such Transfer without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) does not exceed 3.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the end of the most recent quarter ended prior to the date of such Transfer; provided that
each such Transfer complies with subclauses (a)(1) and (a)(2) of Section 4.12 as if such Transfer were an Asset Sale. 
  
 “Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12. 
  
 “Asset Sale Offer Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12. 
  
 “Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date” has the meaning set forth in
Section 4.12. 
  
 “Attributable Debt” in
respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the obligation of the lessee for net 

  

 -4- 

 
rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been
extended). 
  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of
the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state, local or foreign law for the relief of debtors. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors or comparable governing body of such Person. 

 
 “Business Day” has the meaning set forth in
Section 11.07. 
  
 “Capital Corp.” means
Crown Americas Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation, until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article Five of this Indenture. 
  
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a
capital lease that would at such time be so required to be capitalized on the balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means: 
  
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 
  
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights
or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; and 
  
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited). 
  

“Cash Equivalents” means: 
  
 (1) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or any member state of the
European Union (as it exists on the Issue Date) or issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America or such member state of the European Union, in each case maturing within one
year from the date of acquisition thereof; 
  
 (2) marketable direct obligations issued by any State of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such State or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at
the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; 
  

 -5- 

 (3) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof
and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; 
  
 (4) time deposits, demand deposits, certificates of deposit, Eurodollar time deposits or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one
year from the date of acquisition thereof or overnight bank deposits, in each case, issued by any bank organized under the laws of any member state of the European Union (as it exists on the Issue Date), the United States of America or any State
thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000; 
  
 (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for underlying securities of the types
described in clause (1) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; and 
  
 (6) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses
(1) through (5) above. 
  
 “CEH” means
Crown European Holdings SA, a société anonyme, organized under the laws of France, and its successors and assigns. 
  
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
  
 (1) any Transfer (other than by way of merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the assets of
Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) or “group” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than any Transfer to Parent
or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent or any Transfer to one or more Permitted Holders; 
  
 (2) the adoption of a plan for the liquidation or dissolution of Parent or an Issuer (other than in a transaction that complies with
Article Five); 
  
 (3) the consummation of any
transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, by way of merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) or “group” (as defined above), other than one or more
Permitted Holders, becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined above) of more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent; 
  
 (4) during any consecutive two-year period, the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors of Parent who were members of the 

  

 -6- 

 
Board of Directors of Parent at the beginning of such period are not Continuing Directors; or 
  
 (5) the first day on which Parent fails to own, either directly or indirectly through one or more Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiaries, 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Crown, Crown Americas or Capital Corp. 
  
 “Change of Control Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08. 
  
 “Change of Control Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08. 
  
 “Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning set forth
in Section 4.08. 
  
 “Clearstream” means
Clearstream Banking, S.A. 
  
 “Commission” means
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus, to the extent deducted in computing
Consolidated Net Income: 
  
 (1) provision for
taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; 
  
 (2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; 
  
 (3) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles) and all other
non-cash charges (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; and 
  
 (4) any non-recurring restructuring charges or expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case, on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision
for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges and non-recurring restructuring charges or expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to
compute Consolidated EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income or loss of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person. 
  

 -7- 

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP (including amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs, non-cash interest payments,
the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, capitalized interest, net payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations and imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt). 
  
 “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” as of any date of
determination means the ratio of (a) the aggregate outstanding amount of Consolidated Indebtedness of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of calculation on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP to
(b) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated in accordance with the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio) for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means,
with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 
  
 (1) the net income (but not loss) of any Person that is not
a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the referent Person or (subject to clause (4) below) a Restricted
Subsidiary thereof in cash; 
  
 (2) the net
income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded; 
  
 (3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded; 
  
 (4) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of such
Person shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, law, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 
  
 (5) in the case of a successor to such Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of such Person’s assets, any earnings of
the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets shall be excluded; 
  

 -8- 

 (6) any net gain or loss resulting from an Asset Sale by the Person in question or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded; 
  
 (7) extraordinary gains and losses shall be excluded; 
  
 (8) any fees, charges, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Refinancing Transactions shall be
excluded; and 
  
 (9) (a) the amount of any
write-off of deferred financing costs or of indebtedness issuance costs and the amount of charges related to any premium paid in connection with repurchasing or refinancing indebtedness shall be excluded and (b) all non-recurring expenses and
charges relating to such repurchase or refinancing of indebtedness or relating to any incurrence of indebtedness, in each case, whether or not such transaction is consummated, shall be excluded. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the aggregate
amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom (a) all current liabilities and (b) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense (to the
extent included in said aggregate amount of assets) and other like intangibles, all as set forth in the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. 
  
 “Consolidated Tangible Assets”
means the aggregate amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense (to the extent included in said
aggregate amount of assets) and other like intangibles, all as set forth in the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and computed in accordance with GAAP. Consolidated Tangible Assets shall be calculated
after giving effect to the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate Consolidated Tangible Assets. 
  
 “Constar” means Constar International Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns. 
  
 “Constar Agreements” means each of the agreements entered
into between Crown and Constar in connection with its initial public offering, as such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date. 
  
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the relevant Person who:

  
 (1) was a member of such Board of Directors
on the Issue Date; or 
  

 -9- 

 (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of
a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 
  
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be
principally administered, which office as of the date hereof (a) solely for purposes of the transfer, surrender or exchange of Notes, is located at 111 Wall Street, 14/3, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Corporate Trust Services - Crown
Americas LLC and (b) for all other purposes is located at the address listed in Section 11.02. 
  
 “Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03. 
  
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the New Credit
Facility) or commercial paper facilities or capital markets financings, in each case with banks or other lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes or letters of credit, in each case as any such agreement may be amended or
refinanced, including any agreement(s) extending the maturity of or refinancing (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.09) or adding Parent or
Subsidiaries of Parent as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement(s) or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or creditor
or group of creditors. 
  
 “Crown” means Crown
Cork & Seal Company, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article Five of this Indenture. 
  
 “Crown Americas” means Crown Americas LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company, until a successor replaces such party pursuant to
Article Five of this Indenture. 
  
 “Default”
means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Depository” means, with respect to the Global Notes, The Depository Trust Company or another Person designated as depository by the
Issuers, which Person must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. 
  
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, except to the extent such capital stock
is exchangeable into Indebtedness at the option of the issuer thereof and only subject to the terms of any debt instrument to which such issuer is a party), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a
sinking fund 

  

 -10- 

 
obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or convertible or exchangeable into Indebtedness on or prior
to the Maturity Date of the Notes; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary to repurchase such Capital
Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock
pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.10. 
  
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary which is organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the
District of Columbia. 
  
 “Equity Interests”
means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
  
 “Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of
Parent (other than public offerings pursuant to Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests issuable under any employee benefit plan of Parent). 
  
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. 
  
 “Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01. 
  
 “Excess Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “Exchange Notes” means debt securities of the Issuers with terms substantially identical to the Notes issued in exchange for an equal principal amount of Notes pursuant to an exchange offer registered
under the Securities Act in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Exempted Indebtedness” means as of any particular time the sum of (i) all then-outstanding Indebtedness of Parent and Principal Properties Subsidiaries incurred after the Issue Date and secured
by any mortgage, security interest, pledge or lien other than those permitted by clause (b) of Section 4.11, and (ii) all Attributable Debt with respect to Post Termination Date Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by Parent
and Principal Properties Subsidiaries after the Issue Date other than those permitted by clause (b) of Section 4.15. 
  
 “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date after giving effect
to the intended use of proceeds from 

  

 -11- 

 
the issuance of the Notes and the borrowings under the New Credit Facility on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid. 
  
 “Existing Secured Notes” means each of the following to the
extent outstanding on the Issue Date: 
  
 (1)
€460,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6 1/4% First Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2011 of CEH issued
under the indenture dated as of September 1, 2004 among CEH, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee; 
  
 (2) $1,085,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9 1/2% Second Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2011 of CEH and €285,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10 1/4% Second Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2011, in each case, issued under an indenture dated as of February 26, 2003 among CEH, the guarantors named
therein and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee; and 
  
 (3) $725,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10 7/8% Third Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2013 of CEH issued under an indenture dated as of February 26, 2003 among CEH, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank
Minnesota, National Association, as trustee. 
  
 “Existing Unsecured Notes” means each of the following to the extent outstanding on the Issue Date: 
  
 (1) $200,000,000 original principal amount of 8% Debentures due 2023 of Crown issued under the 1993 Indenture; 
  
 (2) $350,000,000 original principal amount of 7 3/8% Debentures due 2026 of Crown issued under the 1996 Indenture; 
  
 (3) $150,000,000 original principal amount of 7 1/2% Debentures due 2096 of Crown issued under the 1996 Indenture; and 
  
 (4) $300,000,000 original principal amount of 7% Notes due
2006 of Crown Cork & Seal Finance PLC issued under the 1996 Indenture. 
  
 “Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties Subsidiary” means (i) in the case of Existing Unsecured Notes issued under the 1993 Indenture, a “Restricted Subsidiary” as defined under
the 1993 Indenture as in effect on the Issue Date and (ii) in the case of Existing Unsecured Notes issued under the 1996 Indenture, a “Restricted Subsidiary” as defined under the 1996 Indenture as in effect on the Issue Date.

  

 -12- 

 “Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Property” means: 
  
 (1) in the case of the 1993 Indenture, any single
manufacturing or processing plant or warehouse (excluding any equipment or personalty located therein) located in the United States, other than any such plant or warehouse or portion thereof that the Board of Directors of Crown reasonably determines
is not of material importance to the business conducted by Crown and its subsidiaries as an entirety; and 
  
 (2) in the case of the 1996 Indenture, any single manufacturing or processing plant or warehouse (excluding any equipment or personalty
located therein), other than any such plant or warehouse or portion thereof that the Board of Directors of Crown reasonably determines is not of material importance to the business conducted by Crown and its subsidiaries as an entirety. 

 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset, the
price (after taking into account any liabilities relating to such asset) that would be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction for cash between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of which is under any compulsion to
complete the transaction, as such price is determined in good faith by management of Parent or by the Board of Directors of Parent or a duly authorized committee thereof. Fair Market Value (other than of any asset with a public trading market) in
excess of $100,000,000 shall be determined by the Board of Directors of Parent acting reasonably and in good faith and shall be evidenced by a board resolution delivered to the Trustee upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying.

  
 “First Priority Notes Issue Date” means
September 1, 2004. 
  
 “Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (a) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available to
(b) Fixed Charges for such four fiscal quarters; provided that: 
  
 (1) if Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent has (y) incurred any Indebtedness or issued Preferred Stock since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock or both, Consolidated EBITDA and Fixed Charges for such period shall be calculated after giving effect
on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds thereof) as if the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds thereof) had
occurred on the first day of such period or (z) repaid, retired, repurchased or redeemed any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Fixed
Charges for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma  

  

 -13- 

 
basis to the repayment, retirement, repurchase or redemption of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock as if such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock had been
repaid, retired, repurchased or redeemed on the first day of such period (except that, in the case of Indebtedness used to finance working capital needs incurred under a revolving credit facility or similar arrangement, the amount thereof shall be
deemed to be the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarter period); 
  
 (2) if since the beginning of such period Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent shall have Transferred any assets outside the
ordinary course of business, the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Transfer for such period, or
increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period, and Fixed Charges for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Fixed Charges directly attributable to any Indebtedness
or Preferred Stock of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent repaid, repurchased, defeased, assumed by a third person (to the extent Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock) or
otherwise discharged with respect to Parent and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Transfer for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent is sold, the Fixed Charges for such period
directly attributable to the Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent Parent and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock after such sale); 
  
 (3) if since the beginning of such period Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent) or an acquisition of assets, which acquisition constitutes
all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business, including any such Investment or acquisition occurring in connection with a transaction requiring a calculation to be made hereunder, Consolidated EBITDA and Fixed Charges for such period
shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the incurrence of any Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; 
  
 (4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that
subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or was merged with or into Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Transfer of assets outside the ordinary course of business, any
Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or clause (3) above if made by Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Fixed Charges for such
period shall be calculated after 

  

 -14- 

 
giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Transfer, Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and 
  
 (5) if during the beginning of such period Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent shall have identified any operations as discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if
positive) directly attributable to such discontinued operations or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto. 
  
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Investment, acquisition or Transfer
of assets, the amount of income, earnings or expense relating thereto and the amount of Fixed Charges associated with any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be prepared in
accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the
date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligations have a remaining term in excess of 12 months). 
  
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the sum of: 
  
 (1) the Consolidated
Interest Expense of such Person for such period; 
  
 (2) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is (a) Guaranteed by the referent Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee is called upon) or (b) secured by a Lien on assets of
such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Lien is called upon); provided that with respect to clause (2)(b), the amount of Indebtedness (and attributable interest expense) shall be equal to the lesser of
(x) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by the assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) the Fair Market Value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and 
  
 (3) the product of (a) all cash dividend payments (and
non-cash dividend payments in the case of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then
current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Funded Debt” means any indebtedness of Parent or any Principal Properties Subsidiary for borrowed money
having a maturity of more than 12 months from the date such indebtedness was incurred or having a maturity of less than 12 months but by its terms being 

  

 -15- 

 
renewable or extendable beyond 12 months from the date such indebtedness was incurred at the option of the obligor. 
  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set
forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect on the 2003 Secured Notes Issue Date. 
  
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C. 

 
 “Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.16. 
  
 “Guarantee” means a
guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, through letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect
thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness. “Guarantee” when used as a verb shall have a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Guarantor” means: 
  
 (1) Parent; 
  
 (2) each Restricted Subsidiary that executes and delivers a Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.17; and 
  
 (3) each Restricted Subsidiary that otherwise executes and
delivers a Note Guarantee, 
  
 in each case, until such time as such Person is
released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under: 
  
 (1) any interest rate protection agreements including, without limitation, interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and
interest rate collar agreements; 
  
 (2) any
foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates; 
  

 -16- 

 (3) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar arrangement or
agreement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in the prices of commodities; and 
  
 (4) indemnity agreements and arrangements entered into in connection with the agreements and arrangements described in clauses (1),
(2) and (3). 
  
 “Holder” or
“Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
  
 “incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), to create, incur, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become
directly or indirectly liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of such Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt). The term “incurrence” has a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without
duplication, and whether or not contingent: 
  
 (1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of assets or services or which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued
liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business), to the extent it would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (2) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; 
  
 (3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of
credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person other than obligations with regard to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations of the type described in clause (1) above) entered into in
the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand
for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit; 
  
 (4) net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations if and to the extent such would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (5) all Disqualified Stock issued by such Person, valued at
the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price; 
  
 (6) all Attributable Debt of such Person; 
  

 -17- 

 (7) to the extent not otherwise included, any Guarantee by such Person of any other
Person’s indebtedness or other obligations described in clauses (1) through (6) above; and 
  
 (8) all Indebtedness of the type described in clauses (1) through (7) above of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such
Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (y) the amount of
such Indebtedness. 
  
 For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase
price” of any Disqualified Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be
required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by the Fair Market Value of, such Disqualified Stock, such Fair Market Value is to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer
of such Disqualified Stock. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency
giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations as described above at such date; provided that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount shall be deemed to be the face amount of
such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Standard Securitization Undertakings shall not constitute
Indebtedness. 
  
 “Indenture” means this
Indenture as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking or consulting firm of national reputation in the United States: 
  
 (1) which does not, and whose directors, officers and employees or Affiliates do not, have a direct or
indirect financial interest in Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; and 
  
 (2) which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of Parent, is otherwise independent and qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged. 
  
 “Initial Purchasers” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities
Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Calyon Securities (USA) Inc., BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc. and ABN AMRO Incorporated. 
  

 -18- 

 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited
investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any. 
  
 “Interest Payment Date” means the stated maturity of an
installment of interest on the Notes. 
  
 “Investment
Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P or the equivalent rating by any Successor Rating Agency. 
  
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all
investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of direct or indirect loans (including Guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel, moving and
similar advances to officers, directors and employees and advances to customers, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together
with all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that an acquisition of assets, Equity Interests or other securities by Parent for consideration consisting of
common equity securities of Parent shall not be deemed to be an Investment. If Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent issues Equity Interests, such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, Parent shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any
such sale, disposition or issuance equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of such Person held by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary immediately following any such sale, disposition or issuance. 
  
 “Issue Date” means November 18, 2005, the date on which
Notes are first issued under this Indenture. 
  
 “Issuers” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Indenture. 
  
 “Legal Defeasance” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02. 
  
 “Legal Holiday” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.07. 
  
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed
of trust, deed to secure debt, debenture, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, hypothecation or encumbrance 

  

 -19- 

 
of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other
title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent
statutes) of any jurisdiction). 
  
 “Liquidated
Damages” has the meaning set forth in the Notes. 
  
 “Make-Whole Premium” means with respect to a Note at any Make-Whole Redemption Date, an amount equal to the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (x) the present
value of the sum of the principal amount and premium, if any, that would be payable on such Note on November 15, 2009 and all remaining interest payments to and including November 15, 2009 (but excluding any interest accrued to the
Make-Whole Redemption Date), discounted on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) from November 15, 2009 to the Make-Whole Redemption Date at a per annum interest rate equal to the Applicable Treasury
Rate on such Make-Whole Redemption Date plus 0.50%, over (y) the outstanding principal amount of such Note. 
  
 “Make-Whole Redemption” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5 of the Notes. 
  
 “Make-Whole Redemption Date” means with respect to a
Make-Whole Redemption, the date such Make Whole Redemption is effectuated. 
  
 “Maturity Date” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal amount of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided. 
  
 “Minority Equity Interest” means any Equity Interest in any
Person engaged in a line of business which is complementary, reasonably related, ancillary or useful to any business in which Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries is then engaged, where such Equity Interest constitutes less than 50% of all Equity
Interests issued and outstanding of such Person. 
  
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors. 
  
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale
(including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (i) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal,
accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commission and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof), (ii) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, (iii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness
secured by a Lien which is permitted under this Indenture on the asset or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale and 

  

 -20- 

 
(iv) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and for the after-tax cost of any
indemnification payments (fixed or contingent) attributable to sellers’ indemnities to purchasers. 
  
 “New Credit Facility” means the Credit Agreement dated as of November 18, 2005 as such agreement may be amended or refinanced,
including any agreement(s) extending the maturity of or refinancing (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.09) or adding Parent or
Subsidiaries of Parent as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement(s) or any successor or replacement agreement(s) and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or
creditor or group of creditors. 
  
 “1993
Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of April 1, 1993 between Crown and Bank One Trust Company, NA, as successor to Chemical Bank, as trustee. 
  

“1996 Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of December 17, 1996 among Crown, Crown Cork & Seal Finance PLC, Crown
Cork & Seal Finance, S.A. and The Bank of New York, as trustee. 
  
 “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor. 
  
 “Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Accounts Receivable
Entity.” 
  
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a
Person who is not a U.S. Person. 
  
 “Note
Guarantee” means the Guarantee by a Guarantor of the Notes. 
  
 “Notes” means the 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2013 issued by the Issuers, including,
without limitation, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor, treated as a single class of securities, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture. 
  
 “Officers” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman,
President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President of such Person or any other authorized officer or director of such Person. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any
Person, a certificate signed by the Chairman, President or Chief Executive Officer of such Person and the Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President of such Person that shall comply with
applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  

 -21- 

 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee. Such counsel may be an employee of or counsel to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Original Amount” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.” 
  
 “Parent” means Crown Holdings, Inc., a Pennsylvania
corporation, until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article Five of this Indenture and thereafter the successor. 
  
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means, with respect to an Issuer or any Guarantor, Indebtedness of such Issuer or Guarantor unless, with
respect to any item of Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding or any other agreement governing the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall be
subordinated in right of payment to any other item of Indebtedness of such Issuer or Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Pari Passu Indebtedness” shall not include: 
  

	 	(i)	Indebtedness of Parent owed to any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or Indebtedness of any such Restricted Subsidiary owed to Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary of such
Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(ii)	Indebtedness incurred in violation of this Indenture; and 

  

	 	(iii)	Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Stock. 

  
 “Paying Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04. 
  
 “Payment Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01. 
  
 “Permitted Holders” means collectively, the executive
officers of Parent on the Issue Date. 
  
 “Permitted
Investments” means: 
  
 (1) Investments
in Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (2)
Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents; 
  
 (3)
Investments by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in, or the purchase of the securities of, a Person if, as a result of such Investment, (a) such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated
or 

  

 -22- 

 
amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

 
 (4) Investments in accounts and notes receivable acquired
in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (5)
Investments received or acquired in compromise of, or in respect of, obligations of, claims against or disputes with, any Person (other than Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate), including, but not limited to, pursuant to any plan of
reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such Person; 
  
 (6) any non-cash consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale that complies with Section 4.12; 
  
 (7) Investments in connection with Hedging Obligations
permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09; 
  
 (8) commission, payroll, travel and similar loans and advances to employees in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (9) any Investment by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in an Accounts Receivable Entity or any Investment by an Accounts
Receivable Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, so long as any Investment in an Accounts Receivable Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Equity Interest; 
  
 (10) any Investments (i) the consideration for which
consists exclusively of Qualified Capital Stock of Parent and (ii) in any Unrestricted Subsidiary, joint venture or any Minority Equity Interest made by exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of,
Qualified Capital Stock of Parent; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Investment shall be excluded for purposes of clause (C) of Section 4.10(a) in determining the amount available
for Restricted Payments; 
  
 (11) Investments
existing on the Issue Date, and any extension, modification or renewal of any Investments existing on the Issue Date, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other
increases thereof (other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date);

  

 -23- 

 (12) Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200,000,000 at any time
outstanding; and 
  
 (13) additional Investments
in one or more Persons engaged in a line of business which is complementary, reasonably related, ancillary or useful to any business in which Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries is then engaged, in an aggregate amount not to exceed 5.0% of
Consolidated Tangible Assets at any time outstanding. 
  
 “Permitted Liens” means: 
  

					
	 (1)
	  	(a)	  	Liens securing Indebtedness under any Credit Facility permitted to be incurred under subclause (b)(1) of Section 4.09; and
			
	 	  	(b)	  	Liens securing Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) permitted by Section 4.09; provided that any such Lien, taken together with all other Liens incurred in reliance
on this clause (b), shall not secure Indebtedness in a principal amount at the time such Lien is incurred exceeding

  

	 	(i)	the greater of (x) $2,400,000,000 and (y) the product of 3.0 times Parent’s Trailing Consolidated EBITDA Amount, less 

  

	 	(ii)	the sum of (x) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Existing Secured Notes and/or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof in each case to the
extent constituting Secured Indebtedness and (y) the maximum amount of Indebtedness then permitted to be incurred under subclause (b)(1) of Section 4.09; 

  
 (2) to the extent and in the manner required by the terms of the Existing Unsecured Notes as in effect on
the Issue Date, Liens on Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Property of Crown and its Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties Subsidiaries and on any shares of capital stock or evidences of indebtedness for borrowed money issued by any
Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties Subsidiary of Crown and owned by Crown or any Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties Subsidiary of Crown securing the obligations of Crown or such Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties
Subsidiary under the Existing Unsecured Notes; 
  
 (3) Liens on assets of a Person merged with or into or consolidated with Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent after the Issue Date existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in 

  

 -24- 

 
contemplation of, such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent other than the assets of such
Person acquired in such merger or consolidation; 
  
 (4) Liens on assets of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent and do not extend to any assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; 
  
 (5) Liens on assets acquired after the Issue Date existing at the time of acquisition thereof by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of
Parent; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition and do not extend to any assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent other than the specific assets so acquired;

  
 (6) landlords’, carriers’,
warehousemen’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, materialmen’s or other like Liens, in any case incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to amounts (a) not yet delinquent or (b) being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; 
  
 (7) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims or other like statutory Liens, that (a) are not yet delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly
instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; 
  
 (8) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted by (a) subclause (b)(3) of Section 4.09 covering only
the assets acquired with such Indebtedness and (b) subclause (b)(7) of Section 4.09; 
  
 (9) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien permitted by this Indenture;
provided that (a) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any assets not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced and (b) the refinancing Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall have been permitted to be incurred pursuant to
subclause (b)(5) of Section 4.09; 
  
 (10)
(a) Liens in the form of zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, covenants, conditions or other restrictions on the use of real property or other minor irregularities in title (including leasehold title) that do not
(i) secure Indebtedness or (ii) individually or in the aggregate materially impair the value or marketability of the real property affected thereby or the occupation, use and enjoyment in the ordinary course of business of Parent and the
Restricted Subsidiaries at such real property 

  

 -25- 

 
and (b) with respect to leasehold interests in real property, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or
permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or owner of such leased property encumbering the landlord’s or owner’s interest in such leased property; 
  
 (11) Liens in the form of pledges or deposits securing bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for
the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, warranties, statutory or regulatory obligations or self-insurance arrangements arising in the ordinary course of business, banker’s acceptances, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other
obligations of a similar nature to which Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party, in each case, made in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (12) Liens resulting from operation of law with respect to any judgments, awards or orders to the extent that such judgments, awards or
orders do not cause or constitute a Default under this Indenture; 
  
 (13) Liens in the form of licenses, leases or subleases granted or created by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, which licenses, leases or subleases do not interfere, individually
or in the aggregate, in any material respect with the business of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is not the
subject of any such license, lease or sublease; 
  
 (14) Liens in favor of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; 
  
 (15) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; 
  
 (16) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and
Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, in each case, granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing
amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or
indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness; 
  
 (17) Liens on fixtures or personal property granted to landlords pursuant to leases to the extent that such Liens are not yet due and payable; 
  

 -26- 

 (18) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a
Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
  
 (19) Liens
existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner existing on the Issue Date; 
  
 (20) deposits, pledges or other Liens to secure obligations under purchase or sale agreements or letters of intent entered into in respect
of a proposed acquisition; 
  
 (21) Liens
securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; and 
  
 (22) in addition to the Liens described in clauses
(1) through (21) above, Liens in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed 10.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding. 
  
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness
of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refinance other Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that: 
  
 (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable)
of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so refinanced (plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and premiums owed, if any (not in excess of
preexisting prepayment provisions on such Indebtedness) and the amount of reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith) (the “Original Amount”); provided, however, if the amount of such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the Original Amount, the amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness equal to the Original Amount shall nonetheless constitute “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” if it otherwise complies
with the requirements of this definition; 
  
 (2)
such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date at least as late as the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being
refinanced; 
  
 (3) if the Indebtedness being
refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to any Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, such Notes on terms at least as
favorable to the Holders of such Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and 
  

 -27- 

 (4) such Indebtedness is incurred by Parent or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the
obligor on the Indebtedness being refinanced; provided, however, that Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than Crown Americas or any Restricted Subsidiary of Crown Americas unless Crown Americas or such Restricted
Subsidiary is an obligor on the Indebtedness being refinanced) may incur Indebtedness which refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent. 
  
 “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture,
or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof. 
  
 “Physical Notes” means certificated Notes in registered form. 
  
 “Post Termination Date Sale and Leaseback Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15. 
  
 “Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights over any other Capital Stock of such
Person with respect to profits, dividends, distributions or redemptions or upon liquidation. 
  
 “principal” of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time. 
  
 “Principal Property” means any single manufacturing or
processing plant or warehouse (excluding any equipment or personalty located therein) located in the United States, other than any such plant or warehouse or portion thereof that the Board of Directors reasonably determines is not of material
importance to the business conducted by Parent and its Subsidiaries as an entirety. 
  
 “Principal Property Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that owns, operates or leases one or more Principal Properties. 
  
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B.

  
 “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note
of an Accounts Receivable Entity to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, which note must be repaid from cash available to the Accounts Receivable Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements,
amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables. 
  

 -28- 

 “Purchase Money Obligations” of any Person means any obligations of such Person to any
seller or any other Person incurred or assumed to finance the purchase, or the cost of construction or improvement, of real or personal property to be used in the business of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in an amount that is not more than
100% of the cost, or Fair Market Value, as appropriate, of such property, and incurred within 90 days after the date of such acquisition (excluding accounts payable to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business). 
  
 “Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is
not Disqualified Stock. 
  
 “Qualified Institutional
Buyer” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries pursuant to which Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary Transfers to (a) an Accounts Receivable Entity (in the case of a Transfer by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a
Transfer by an Accounts Receivable Entity), or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including, without
limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in
respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an accounts receivable financing transaction; provided such transaction is on market terms at the time Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such
transaction. 
  
 “Rating Agencies” mean
Moody’s and S&P; provided that if S&P, Moody’s or any Successor Rating Agency (as defined below) shall cease to be in the business of providing rating services for debt securities generally, the Issuers shall be entitled to
replace any such Rating Agency or Successor Rating Agency, as the case may be, which has ceased to be in the business of providing rating services for debt securities generally with a security rating agency which is in the business of providing
rating services for debt securities generally and which is nationally recognized in the United States (such rating agency, a “Successor Rating Agency”). 
  
 “Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes
means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Notes. 
  
 “refinance” means to refinance, repay, replace, renew, extend, refund or restructure. 
  

 -29- 

 “Refinancing Transactions” means issuance of the Notes, repayment of up to 100% of the
outstanding Existing Secured Notes, entering into the New Credit Facility and repaying all indebtedness outstanding and terminating the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2004, by and among Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown Cork &
Seal Company, Inc. and Crown International Holdings, Inc., as Parent Guarantors, Crown European Holdings SA, as Euro Borrower, CROWN Americas, Inc. as U.S. Borrower, the Subsidiary Borrowers named therein, the lenders referred to therein, Citicorp
North America, Inc. as Administrative Agent and Citibank International plc, as U.K. Administrative Agent. 
  
 “Registrar” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04. 
  
 “Registration Default” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 8 of the Restricted Notes. 

 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the registration
rights agreement dated November 18, 2005 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers relating to the Notes. 
  
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 
  
 “Regulation S Notes” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.02. 
  
 “Related Cash Management
Obligations” means obligations of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent arising from treasury, depository and cash management services provided by one or more of the bank agents or the lenders or their Affiliates or designees or
other parties permitted under the New Credit Facility. 
  
 “Related Hedging Obligations” means Hedging Obligations of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent entered into with one or more of the bank agents or the lenders or their Affiliates or designees or other parties
permitted under the New Credit Facility. 
  
 “Related
Obligations” means, collectively, the Related Cash Management Obligations and the Related Hedging Obligations. 
  
 “Replacement Assets” means any (a) business, (b) controlling or majority Equity Interest in any Person engaged in a line of
business, (c) in the case of a Transfer of a Minority Equity Interest, another Minority Equity Interest in a Person engaged primarily in a line of business or (d) property or assets used or useful in a line of business, in the case of each
of clauses (a) through (d), in which Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is engaged or which is or are, as the case may be, complementary, reasonably related, ancillary or useful to any such line of business in which Parent or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries is then engaged. 
  

 -30- 

 “Responsible Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in
the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee including any vice president, assistant vice president or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such
officers, respectively, and to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, in each case having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

  
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note
that is a Restricted Note. 
  
 “Restricted
Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
  
 “Restricted Note” has the same meaning as “restricted security” set forth in Rule 144(a)(3) promulgated under the Securities Act; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to
request and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Note. 
  
 “Restricted Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10. 
  
 “Restricted Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 
  
 “Restricted Physical Note” means a Physical Note that is a
Restricted Note. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary”
means each Subsidiary that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 
  
 “Rule 144A Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02. 
  
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division
of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors. 
  
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person (other than Parent or a Subsidiary of Parent), or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing, pursuant to a capital lease that would
at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property or asset which has been or is to be sold or transferred by Parent or such Restricted 

  

 -31- 

 
Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person (other than Parent or a Subsidiary of Parent) to which funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person.

  
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness
(other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent secured by a Lien. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

  
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted
Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 
  
 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means
representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent which are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction. 
  
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of an Issuer
or any Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees of such Guarantor, as the case may be. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 
  

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the
time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 
  
 (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such
Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 
  
 “Successor Rating Agency” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Rating Agencies.” 
  
 “Terminated Covenants” has the meaning set forth in
Section 4.18. 
  
 “Termination Date” has the
meaning set forth in Section 4.18. 
  
 “TIA”
or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture (except as provided in Section 8.03). 
  

 -32- 

 “Trailing Consolidated EBITDA Amount” means the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA
(calculated in accordance with the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio) for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available. 
  
 “Transfer” means to sell, assign, transfer, lease (other
than pursuant to an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), convey or otherwise dispose of, including by Sale and Leaseback Transaction, consolidation, merger, liquidation, dissolution or otherwise, in one transaction or a
series of transactions. 
  
 “Trustee” means the
party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means the successor. 
  
 “2003 Secured Notes Issue Date” means February 26, 2003. 
  
 “2015 Exchange Notes” means debt securities of the Issuers with terms substantially identical to the 2015
Notes issued in exchange for an equal principal amount of 2015 Notes pursuant to an exchange offer registered under the Securities Act in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement dated the Issue Date and relating to the 2015
Notes and the 2015 Exchange Notes. 
  
 “2015
Notes” means the $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2015 issued by the
Issuers on the Issue Date under the 2015 Notes Indenture. 
  
 “2015 Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by the Guarantors of the 2015 Notes. 
  
 “2015 Notes Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of November 18, 2005 between Crown Americas, Capital Corp., the guarantors named
therein and Citibank, N.A., as trustee pursuant to which the 2015 Notes were issued. 
  
 “Unrestricted Notes” means Notes that are not Restricted Notes. 
  
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that is not a Restricted Note. 
  
 “Unrestricted Physical Note” means a Physical Note that is
not a Restricted Note. 
  

 -33- 

 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (other than an Issuer) that prior to the
Termination Date is designated by the Board of Directors of Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of such Board of Directors, but only if: 
  

					
	 (1)
	  	(a)	  	such Subsidiary has no Indebtedness other than Indebtedness as to which neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) provides any credit support of any kind (including any
undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (ii) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise or (iii) constitutes the lender, other than in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) any
non-recourse Guarantee given solely to support the pledge by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; and
			
	 	  	(b)	  	neither Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary is liable for any Indebtedness that would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder thereof to declare a default on such Indebtedness
or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

  
 (2)
such Subsidiary is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are not materially less favorable
to Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that would be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of Parent; 
  
 (3) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect
obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and 
  
 (4) such Subsidiary does not Guarantee or otherwise directly
or indirectly provide credit support for any Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an
Officers’ Certificate, upon which the Trustee shall have no liability for relying, certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by Section 4.10. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary
would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date by Section 4.09, Parent shall be in default of such covenant from the date of such incurrence). 
  

 -34- 

 The Board of Directors of Parent may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted
if: 
  
 (1) such incurrence of Indebtedness is
permitted under Section 4.09; and 
  
 (2) no
Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 
  
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and
backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America that, in each case, mature within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof. 
  
 “U.S. Person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in
Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Voting
Stock” means any class or classes of Capital Stock pursuant to which the holders thereof have power to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of any Person (irrespective of whether or not, at the time, stock of any other
class or classes shall have, or might have, voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency). 
  
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

  
 (1) the then outstanding principal amount of
such Indebtedness; into 
  
 (2) the total of the
product obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years
(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment. 
  
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or
other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  

 -35- 

	SECTION 1.02.	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

  
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to
be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes. 
  
 “indenture securityholder” means a Holder or
Noteholder. 
  
 “indenture to be
qualified” means this Indenture. 
  
 “obligor on the indenture securities” means the Issuers, the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes. 
  
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have
the meanings therein assigned to them. 
  

	SECTION 1.03.	Rules of Construction. 

  
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference; 
  
 (2) “or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (3) words in the singular include the plural, and in the
plural include the singular; 
  
 (4) words used
herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders; 
  
 (5) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subsection; 
  
 (6) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms
used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP; and 
  

 -36- 

 (7) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or
such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
  
 ARTICLE TWO 
  
 THE SECURITIES 
  

	SECTION 2.01.	Amount of Notes. 

  
 The Trustee shall initially authenticate $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes for original issue on the Issue Date upon a written order of the
Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuers (other than as provided in Section 2.08). The Trustee shall authenticate additional Notes (“Additional Notes”) thereafter in unlimited amount (so long as
permitted by the terms of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.09) for original issue upon a written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in aggregate principal amount as specified in such order
(other than as provided in Section 2.08). Each such written order shall specify the principal amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated. 
  

	SECTION 2.02.	Form and Dating; Legends. 

  
 The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 (in
the case of the Restricted Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of Unrestricted Notes), each of which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 
  
 The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule
or usage to which the Issuers are subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”), Notes offered and sold in offshore
transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”) and all other Restricted Notes shall bear the Private Placement Legend. All Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. 
  
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are
expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby.

  
 The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and
exchange at the offices of the Registrar. 
  

 -37- 

	SECTION 2.03.	Execution and Authentication. 

  
 The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuers by two Officers of each Issuer. The signature of any of these Officers on the Notes may be manual or
facsimile. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an
Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of
authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and
delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuers, and the Issuers shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in
Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably
acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee
includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuers and Affiliates of the Issuers. Each Paying Agent is designated as an authenticating agent for purposes of this Indenture.

  
 Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without
coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. 
  

	SECTION 2.04.	Registrar and Paying Agent. 

  
 The Issuers shall maintain (a) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”), (b) an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the State of New York where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”) and (c) an office or agency
where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers, if any, in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Registrar shall provide a copy of such
register from time to time upon request of the Issuers. The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agents” means

  

 -38- 

 
the Paying Agent and any additional Paying Agents. An Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may act as Registrar or a Paying Agent. 
  
 The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement, which shall
incorporate the provisions of the TIA, with any Agent that is not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of
any such Agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or any required co-registrar or Paying Agent, or fail to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with
Section 7.07. 
  
 The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee
as Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes and this Indenture. 
  

	SECTION 2.05.	Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. 

  
 The Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of
or premium or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Issuers, one or more of the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Issuers and the Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any default by an Issuer
(or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. Money held in trust by a Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law and in no event shall a Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it
hereunder. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon making such payment, such Paying Agent shall have no
further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
  

	SECTION 2.06.	Noteholder Lists. 

  
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of the
Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of
such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Noteholders. 
  

	SECTION 2.07.	Transfer and Exchange. 

  
 Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request from the Holder of such Notes to register a transfer or to
exchange them for an 

  

 -39- 

 
equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested. Every Note presented or
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorneys duly
authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall issue and execute and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes (and the Guarantors shall execute the Guarantees thereon) evidencing such transfer or
exchange at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made to the Noteholder for any registration of transfer or exchange. The Issuers may require from the Noteholder payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer taxes or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or exchange, but this provision shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.06, 4.08, 4.12 or 8.05 (in which events the Issuers shall be responsible for the
payment of such taxes). The Registrar shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note for a period of 15 days immediately preceding the mailing of notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or of any Note selected, called or
being called for redemption except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  
 Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of the beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book entry system maintained by the Holder of
such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note
acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. 
  

	SECTION 2.08.	Replacement Notes. 

  
 If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully
taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note (and the Guarantors shall execute the Guarantees thereon) if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Issuers and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them
of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, an
indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to protect the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Issuers may charge such
Holder for the Issuers’ reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note and the Trustee may charge the Issuers for the Trustee’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such
Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Issuers. 
  

 -40- 

	SECTION 2.09.	Outstanding Notes. 

  
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for (a) those canceled by or on behalf of the
Trustee, (b) those accepted by the Trustee for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02, on or after the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 9.01 or 9.02 have been satisfied, those Notes
theretofore authenticated by the Trustee hereunder and (d) those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because an Issuer or one of its Affiliates holds the
Note. 
  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it
ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to the Trustee that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers. 
  
 If a Paying Agent holds, in its capacity as such, on any Maturity Date, U.S.
Dollars sufficient to pay all accrued interest and principal with respect to the Notes payable on that date and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders thereof pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such
Notes shall cease to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue. 
  

	SECTION 2.10.	Treasury Notes. 

  
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any declaration of acceleration or notice of default or
direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, Notes owned by an Issuer or any other Affiliate of an Issuer shall be disregarded as though they were not outstanding, except that for the purposes of
determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, only Notes as to which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actually
received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee established to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgee’s right so to act with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not an Issuer, a Guarantor, any other obligor on the Notes or any of their respective Affiliates. 
  

	SECTION 2.11.	Temporary Notes. 

  
 Until definitive Notes are prepared and ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes
shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in
exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. 
  

 -41- 

	SECTION 2.12.	Cancellation. 

  
 An Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Notes in its
customary manner. The Issuers may not reissue or resell or issue new Notes to replace Notes that an Issuer has redeemed or paid, or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  

	SECTION 2.13.	Defaulted Interest. 

  
 If the Issuers default on a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuers shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes plus (to the extent
permitted by law) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof, to the Persons who are Holders thereof on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at least five Business Days prior to the payment
date. The Issuers shall fix such special record date and payment date in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee. At least 10 days before such special record date, the Issuers shall mail to each affected Noteholder a notice that states the special
record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Issuers may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the
requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuers to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this
sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 6.01(1) shall be paid to Holders as of the record date for the Interest Payment Date for
which interest has not been paid. 
  

	SECTION 2.14.	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. 

  
 The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers, and if so used, such CUSIP and ISIN numbers shall be included in
notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes, and
that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of any 

  

 -42- 

 
such CUSIP or ISIN number used by the Issuers in connection with the issuance of the Notes and of any change in any such CUSIP or ISIN number. 
  

	SECTION 2.15.	Deposit of Moneys. 

  
 Prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date and Maturity Date, the Issuers shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in
immediately available funds U.S. Dollars sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits such Paying Agents to remit payment to the Holders on such
Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes
represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person, by wire transfer or by mail, at the office of the Paying Agent. Final payment of principal at maturity will only be made by the Trustee upon
surrender of the related Note to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office. 
  

	SECTION 2.16.	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. 

  
 (a) Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the
“Rule 144A Global Note”). Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”). The term
“Global Notes” means the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note. The Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the
nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depository
(“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or under the Global Notes. The Depository may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of
the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to
any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

  
 (b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in
whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures
of the Depository and the provisions of 

  

 -43- 

 
Section 2.17. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes only if the Depository (i) notifies the Issuers that it is
unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note and the Issuers thereupon fail to appoint a successor depository or (ii) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act or there shall have occurred and be
continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations,
requested by or on behalf of the Depository in accordance with its customary procedures. 
  
 (c) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 2.16, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for
cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal
amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations. 
  
 (d) Any
Restricted Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.17 shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.17, bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through and including the 40th day after
the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes represented by a Regulation S Global Note and the issue date of such Notes (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), a beneficial interest
in such Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.17. 
  
 (f) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons
that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
  

	SECTION 2.17.	Transfer and Exchange of Notes. 

  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.16(b). Global
Notes will not be exchanged by the Issuers for Physical Notes except under the circumstances described in Section in Section 2.16(b). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.11.
Beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.17(b) or 2.17(f). 
  
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be
effected through the 

  

 -44- 

 
Depository, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. Beneficial interests in Restricted
Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in
Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as
applicable: 
  
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial
Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer
restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for
the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.17(b)(i). 
  

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges
of beneficial interests in any Global Note that is not subject to Section 2.17(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Depository in accordance
with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and
(2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for
transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to
Section 2.17(f). 
  
 (iii) Transfer of
Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the
transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.17(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver
a certificate in the form of Exhibit D, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 
  

 -45- 

 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a
Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit D, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 
  
 (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests
in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.17(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit E, including the certifications in item
(1)(a) thereof; or 
  
 (B) if the holder of
such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the
form of Exhibit D, including the certifications in item (4) thereof, 
  
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that
such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such
transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an
Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or
exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv). 
  
 (v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note. Beneficial interests in an 

  

 -46- 

 
Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note. 
  
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial
Interests in Global Notes for Physical Notes. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Physical Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.16(b). A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be
transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Physical Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.16(b). 
  
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Physical Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. Physical Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for
beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (ii) below, as applicable: 
  
 (i) Restricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit E, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to a Qualified Institutional Buyer in accordance with Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit D, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or
Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit D, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit D, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in
reliance on an exemption from the registration 

  

 -47- 

 
requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit D, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; or 
  
 (F) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to an Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit D, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Physical Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (ii) Restricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Physical Note may exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit E, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (B) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Notes proposes to transfer such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit D, including the certifications in item (4) thereof, 
  
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable
rules and procedures of the Depositary, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Physical
Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet
been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal 

  

 -48- 

 
amount of Restricted Physical Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii). 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests
in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Physical Note may exchange such Unrestricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Physical Note to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Physical Note and increase or cause to
be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the
Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Physical Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii). 
  
 (iv) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. An Unrestricted Physical Note cannot be
exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Physical Notes for Physical Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Physical Notes and such Holder’s compliance with
the provisions of this Section 2.17(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Physical Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Physical
Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any
additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.17(e). 
  
 (i) Restricted Physical Notes to Restricted Physical Notes. A Restricted Physical Note may be transferred to and registered in the
name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Physical Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the
form of Exhibit D, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  

 -49- 

 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities
Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit D, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule
144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit D, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (D) if the transfer will be made to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit D, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item
(3)(d) thereof, if applicable; and 
  
 (E)
if such transfer will be made to an Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit D, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof. 
  
 (ii) Restricted Physical Notes to Unrestricted Physical Notes. Any Restricted Physical Note may be
exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Physical Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Physical Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes
to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for an Unrestricted Physical Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit E, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes
to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Physical Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit D, including the certifications in item (4) thereof, 

 
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of
Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Unrestricted Physical Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Physical Note may transfer such Unrestricted Physical Notes to a 

  

 -50- 

 
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Physical Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the
Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Physical Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
  
 (iv) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Restricted Physical Notes. An Unrestricted Physical Note cannot be exchanged for, or
transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Restricted Physical Note. 
  
 (f) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Physical Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed,
repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.12. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global
Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Physical Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced
accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will
take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the
Trustee to reflect such increase. 
  
 (g) Private Placement
Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or
replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers
and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (ii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act and the Registrar has received an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuers to such effect. 
  
 (h) General. All Global Notes and Physical Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Physical Notes shall be
the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Physical Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
  
 The Registrar shall retain for a period of two years copies of all letters,
notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.16 or this Section 2.17. The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable
time upon the giving of reasonable notice to the Registrar. 
  

 -51- 

	SECTION 2.18.	Computation of Interest. 

  
 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed. 
  

	SECTION 2.19.	Joint and Several Liability. 

  
 Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Issuers shall be jointly and severally liable for the performance of all obligations and covenants
under this Indenture and the Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE THREE 

 
 REDEMPTION 
  

	SECTION 3.01.	Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee. 

  
 If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be
agreed to in writing by the Trustee) but not more than 65 days before the Redemption Date, the Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the redemption price(s), and deliver
to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained in paragraph 5 of the Notes. Notice given to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.01 may not be revoked after the time that
notice is given to Noteholders pursuant to Section 3.03. 
  

	SECTION 3.02.	Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed. 

  
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes to be redeemed are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis; provided that no Notes with a principal amount of $1,000 or less
shall be redeemed in part. For all purposes of this Indenture unless the context otherwise requires, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. Redemption amounts
shall only be paid upon presentation and surrender of any such Notes to be redeemed to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office. 
  

 -52- 

	SECTION 3.03.	Notice of Redemption. 

  
 At least 30 days, and no more than 60 days, before a Redemption Date, the Issuers shall mail, or cause to be mailed, a notice of redemption by first-class
mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her last address as the same appears on the registry books maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.06. 
  
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers thereof) and shall state:

  
 (1) the Redemption Date; 
  
 (2) the redemption price and the amount of premium and
accrued interest to be paid; 
  
 (3) if any Note
is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued;

  
 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

  
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be
surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
  
 (6) that unless the Issuers default in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date; 
  
 (7) that paragraph 5 of the Notes is the provision of the
Notes pursuant to which the redemption is occurring; and 
  
 (8) the aggregate principal amount of Notes that are being redeemed. 
  
 At the Issuers’ written request made at least 15 Business Days prior to the date on which notice is to be given, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuers’ sole expense. 
  

	SECTION 3.04.	Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

  
 Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 is mailed and subject to the proviso to this sentence, Notes called for redemption become due
and payable on the Redemption Date and at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that any redemption and notice thereof pursuant to this Indenture may, in the
Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more 

  

 -53- 

 
conditions precedent described in such notice and in which case if and/or to the extent such condition(s) precedent is/are not satisfied the Issuers shall
have no obligation to redeem Notes on such Redemption Date. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date; provided that if the
Redemption Date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date; and provided, further, that
if a Redemption Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the period from such Redemption Date to such succeeding Business Day. 
  

	SECTION 3.05.	Deposit of Redemption Price. 

  
 On or prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on each Redemption Date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Dollars sufficient to
pay the redemption price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on any and all Notes to be redeemed on that date (other than Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on that date which have been delivered by the Issuers to the
Trustee for cancellation). 
  
 On and after any Redemption Date,
if money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, the Notes called for
redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the second proviso in Section 3.04, accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to the
Redemption Date. If any Note surrendered for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any interest not paid on such unpaid
principal, in each case at the rate and in the manner provided in the Notes. 
  

	SECTION 3.06.	Notes Redeemed in Part. 

  
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder thereof a new Note equal in principal amount to the
unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
  
 ARTICLE FOUR

  
 COVENANTS 
  

	SECTION 4.01.	Payment of Notes. 

  
 The Issuers shall pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment
of principal or interest 

  

 -54- 

 
shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or the Paying Agents hold on that date U.S. Dollars designated for and sufficient to pay such
installment. 
  
 The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue
principal (including post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate specified in the Notes. 
  

	SECTION 4.02.	Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

  
 (a) The Issuers shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give
prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the
address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
  
 (b) The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all
such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
  
 (c) The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee,
or its Agent, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, as such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.04. 
  

	SECTION 4.03.	Legal Existence. 

  
 Except as permitted by Article Five, Parent shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its
legal existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of Parent, Crown and each Issuer and each
such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the material rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of Parent, Crown and each Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that Parent, Crown and the Issuers shall not be required to
preserve any such right, franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Crown or the Issuers) if the Board of Directors of Parent, Crown or an Issuer, as applicable, shall determine
that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in 

  

 -55- 

 
the conduct of the business of Parent, Crown or such Issuer, as applicable and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is
not adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 
  

	SECTION 4.04.	Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Compliance with Law. 

  
 (a) Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, at all times cause all material properties used in the conduct of their
respective businesses to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary equipment, and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements,
betterments and improvements thereto; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4.04(a) shall prevent Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of such material
properties if such discontinuance is, in the reasonable judgment of Parent, desirable in the conduct of the business of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
  
 (b) Parent shall maintain insurance, and cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain insurance, with financially
sound and reputable insurers, with respect to such of its properties, against such risks, casualties and contingencies and in such types and amounts as are consistent with sound business practice, it being understood that this paragraph
(b) shall not prevent the use of deductible or excess loss insurance and shall not prevent (i) Parent or any of its Subsidiaries from acting as a self-insurer or maintaining insurance with another Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Parent so
long as such action is consistent with sound business practice or (ii) Parent from obtaining and owning insurance policies covering activities of its Subsidiaries. 
  
 (c) Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances or
government rules and regulations to which they are subject, non-compliance with which would materially adversely affect the business, financial condition or results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

  

	SECTION 4.05.	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. 

  
 Each Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead (as a
defense or otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive any of the Issuers and the Guarantors from paying all or any portion
of the principal of, premium, if any, and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that they
may lawfully do so) each of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede 

  

 -56- 

 
the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been
enacted. 
  

	SECTION 4.06.	Compliance Certificate. 

  
 (a) The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate (as enumerated by
Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA) stating that each Officer has conducted or supervised a review of the activities of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Parent’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ performance under this Indenture
during such fiscal year, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that, to the best of such Officers’ knowledge, based upon such review, Parent and such Issuer have fulfilled all obligations under this Indenture
or, if there has been a Default under this Indenture that is continuing, a description of the event and what action Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are taking or propose to take with respect thereto. 
  
 (b) The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the
occurrence thereof, a certificate of an Officer detailing any continuing Default of which such Officer is aware, its status and what action Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are taking or propose to take with respect to such Default.

  
 (c) Each Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee of
any change in Parent’s or such Issuer’s fiscal year. 
  
 (d) The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, the first time the Notes are rated Investment Grade Rating; provided, however, that the failure to deliver such notice shall in no event be deemed a Default or an
Event of Default. 
  

	SECTION 4.07.	Taxes. 

  
 Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay prior to delinquency (i) all material taxes, assessments, and governmental
levies and (ii) all lawful material claims for labor, materials and supplies which, in each case, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that, neither
Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
and for which disputed amounts adequate reserves have been made in accordance with GAAP. 
  

	SECTION 4.08.	Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control. 

  
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the 

  

 -57- 

 
“Change of Control Offer”) at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). 
  
 (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall send, or at the Issuers’ written request and expense the Trustee shall send, by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, a notice to each Holder of Notes at its last registered address, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. The notice shall describe the transaction or transactions that constitute the
Change of Control and offer to repurchase Notes on the purchase date specified in such notice (which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law) (the
“Change of Control Payment Date”) pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. The notice to the Holders shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender
Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state: 
  
 (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.08 and that all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted for payment; 
  
 (2) the Change of Control Payment and the Change of Control
Payment Date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law); 
  
 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (4) that, unless the Issuers default in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with
the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Note at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to
the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (6) that
Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased; 
  

 -58- 

 (7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a
principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided, however, that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof; and 
  
 (8) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such
Change of Control. 
  
 (c) On the Change of Control Payment Date,
the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful: 
  
 (1)
accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000) validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
  
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount in U.S. Dollars equal to the Change of Control Payment in
respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and 
  
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee all Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes (or portions thereof) being purchased by the
Issuers. 
  
 Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the monies specified in clause
(2) above and the Officers’ Certificate specified in clause (3) above, such Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate
and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder of Notes a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  
 (d) Upon the payment of the Change of Control Payment, the Trustee shall,
subject to the provisions of Section 2.16, return the Notes purchased to the Issuers for cancellation. The Trustee may act as the Paying Agent for purposes of any Change of Control Offer. 
  
 (e) The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a
Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in a manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.08 with respect to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and
purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
  

 -59- 

 (f) The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this paragraph by virtue thereof. 
  

	SECTION 4.09.	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

  
 (a) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and Parent shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that Parent may incur Indebtedness and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur
Indebtedness or issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Parent’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such
additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional
Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
  
 (b) The foregoing provisions shall not apply to any of the following: 
  
 (1) the incurrence by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of Indebtedness under one or more Credit
Facilities in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $1,400,000,000, less the amount of any such Indebtedness permanently retired with the Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale applied from and after the Issue Date to reduce
the outstanding amounts pursuant to Section 4.12; 
  
 (2) the incurrence by the Issuers of Indebtedness represented by (i) $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor, and the incurrence of the Note
Guarantees of such Notes by the Guarantors and (ii) the incurrence by the Issuers of Indebtedness represented by $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2015 Notes issued on the Issue Date and the 2015 Exchange Notes issued in exchange
therefor, and the incurrence of the 2015 Note Guarantees by the Guarantors; 
  
 (3) the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any
part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business 

  

 -60- 

 
of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (3), and
refinancings thereof, shall not exceed 7.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any time outstanding; 
  
 (4) Existing Indebtedness; 
  
 (5) the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net
proceeds of which are used to refinance, Existing Indebtedness or Indebtedness that was permitted to be incurred pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 4.09 or pursuant to clause (2) above or this clause (5); 
  
 (6) (i) Indebtedness of Parent owed to a Restricted
Subsidiary of Parent; provided, however, that upon any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or such Indebtedness being owed to any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, Parent shall
be deemed to have incurred Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (6), and (ii) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent owed to Parent or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that upon such Indebtedness being
owed to any Person other than Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have incurred Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (6); 
  
 (7) the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred
in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of fixing or hedging (i) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness of such Person so long as such Indebtedness is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding,
(ii) exchange rate risk with respect to agreements or Indebtedness of such Person payable or denominated in a currency other than the principal currency in which such Person’s revenue is generated or (iii) commodity price risk with
respect to commodities purchased by such Person in the ordinary course of its business and, in each case, not for speculative purposes; 
  
 (8) Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a
check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five
Business Days of incurrence; 
  
 (9) Indebtedness
of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, workers’ compensation claims, surety or appeal bonds, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar obligations, and
bank overdrafts (and letters of credit in respect thereof) in the ordinary course of business; 
  

 -61- 

 (10) Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent owed to (including
obligations in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of) any Person in connection with worker’s compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance provided by such Person to Parent or
such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; 
  
 (11) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn out obligations or similar obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with the Transfer of any business, asset or Equity Interests permitted by
this Indenture; 
  
 (12) Non-Recourse Accounts
Receivable Entity Indebtedness incurred by any Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and 
  
 (13) the incurrence by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock (in addition to
Indebtedness and Preferred Stock that may be incurred or issued pursuant to any other clause of this Section 4.09) in an aggregate principal amount (or liquidation value in the case of Preferred Stock) not to exceed $300,000,000 at any time
outstanding. 
  
 Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of
original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class
of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in
Fixed Charges of Parent to the extent provided for in the definition of “Fixed Charges.” The maximum amount of Indebtedness that Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed
to be exceeded solely as the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies. 
  
 (c) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such
Indebtedness) subordinated to any other Indebtedness of Parent or of such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) expressly subordinated
to the Notes or any Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent it is or may become a Guarantor, on substantially the same terms as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such other Indebtedness of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be; provided, however, that in no event shall Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to 

  

 -62- 

 
any other Indebtedness of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior Lien. 
  
 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in
the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (13) of subsection (b) of this Section 4.09, or
is entitled to be incurred pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 4.09, Parent may, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of
such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 and such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to such clauses of subsection (b) or pursuant to subsection (a) of
this Section 4.09, as the case may be, designated by Parent; provided that any Indebtedness under the New Credit Facility (including any Related Obligations) outstanding on the Issue Date shall at all times be deemed to have been
incurred pursuant to clause (1) of subsection (b) of this Section 4.09. 
  

	SECTION 4.10.	Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

  
 (a) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
  
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution
(including in connection with any merger or consolidation) on account of any Equity Interests of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of
Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary or dividends or distributions payable to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); 
  
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Parent, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any
other Affiliate of Parent (other than any such Equity Interests owned by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); 
  
 (3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value prior to any scheduled final
maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated by its terms in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee (other than (i) a payment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance,
acquisition or other retirement for value in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, in each case, due within one year of the date of such payment, repurchase, redemption,
defeasance, acquisition or other retirement and (ii) intercompany Indebtedness exclusively between or among Parent and one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries); or 
  

 -63- 

 (4) make any Restricted Investment 
  
 (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above
being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
  
 (A) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
  
 (B) Parent would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and
after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in subsection (a) of Section 4.09; and 
  
 (C) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all other Restricted Payments made by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries
from and after the First Priority Notes Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2)(i), (3)(i), (5) and (11) of subsection (b) of this Section 4.10), is less than the sum of: 
  

	 	(w)	50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Parent for the period (taken as one accounting period) from July 1, 2004 to the end of Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter
for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus 

  

	 	(x)	100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds (including any non-cash proceeds that have been converted into cash) received by Parent from the issuance and sale of its Qualified Capital
Stock or from contributions to its common equity from and after the First Priority Notes Issue Date (other than Qualified Capital Stock issued to or contributions to common equity received from a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); plus

  

	 	(y)	100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds (including any non-cash proceeds that have been converted into cash) received by Parent from the issuance and sale of debt securities or
Disqualified Stock of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Capital Stock of Parent from and after the First Priority Notes Issue Date (other than convertible or exchangeable debt securities or
Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); plus 

  

 -64- 

	 	(z)	to the extent not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income referred to in clause (w) above, an amount equal to, without duplication, the sum of:

  
 (i) the aggregate amount
returned in cash (including any non-cash proceeds that have been converted into cash) on or with respect to Restricted Investments made subsequent to the First Priority Notes Issue Date whether through interest payments, principal payments,
dividends or other distributions or payments; 
  
 (ii) the net cash proceeds (including any non-cash proceeds that have been converted into cash) received by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the disposition of all or any portion of such Restricted Investments (other than
to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); and 
  
 (iii) upon redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary at the time of such designation;

  
 provided, however, that the sum of clauses (i),
(ii) and (iii) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of all such Investments made subsequent to the First Priority Notes Issue Date. 
  
 (b) The foregoing provisions will not prohibit any or all of the following: 
  
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at such date of
declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary
of Parent (i) solely in exchange for Equity Interests of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or (ii) out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent) of
Equity Interests of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock); 
  
 (3) the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of subordinated Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent solely (i) in exchange for Equity
Interests of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) and/or (ii) with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and/or the substantially concurrent issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of
Parent) of Equity Interests of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock); 
  

 -65- 

 (4) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity
Interests of Parent held by employees or directors of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or similar agreement and the acquisition of Equity Interests of
Parent in open market purchases, or otherwise, for matching or other contributions to its employee stock purchase, deferred compensation, 401(k) and other employee benefit plans in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate
price paid for all such purchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed the sum of (a) $25,000,000 in any twelve-month period plus (b) the aggregate cash proceeds received by Parent during such
twelve-month period from any issuance of Equity Interests by Parent to employees and directors of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (5) the payment of dividends by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent on any Equity Interest of such Restricted Subsidiary if such dividend is
paid pro rata to all holders of such Equity Interest; 
  
 (6) the repurchase of Equity Interests of Parent deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options; 
  
 (7) in the event of a Change of Control, and if no Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness that is subordinated by its terms in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, in
each case, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Indebtedness, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that prior to or contemporaneously with such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance
or other acquisition or retirement, the Issuers have made the Change of Control Offer with respect to the Notes and have repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer; 
  
 (8) the purchase by Parent of fractional shares arising out
of stock dividends, splits or combinations or business combinations; 
  
 (9) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for a nominal value per right of any rights granted to all the holders of common stock of Parent pursuant to any shareholders’ rights
plan adopted for the purpose of protecting shareholders from unfair takeover tactics; provided that any such purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement of such rights shall not be for 

  

 -66- 

 
the purpose of evading the limitations of this covenant (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Parent); 
  
 (10) the payment of dividends on Capital Stock of Parent or
the acquisition, in open market purchases or otherwise, of Capital Stock of Parent in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000 in any calendar year; provided, however, that such payment or acquisition, as the case may be, shall only be
permitted if after giving pro forma effect to thereto, Parent’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be equal to or less than 2.75 to 1.0; provided, further, that up to $50,000,000 of such amount that is not utilized by Parent to pay
dividends or acquire Capital Stock of Parent in any calendar year may be carried forward into the immediately succeeding year; and 
  
 (11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200,000,000 from and after the First Priority Notes Issue Date.

  
 (c) The Board of Directors of Parent may designate any
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, or any newly acquired or created Subsidiary of Parent, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Default. For purposes of making such designation, all outstanding Investments by Parent
and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated, and all Investments by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to be made in connection with such acquisition or creation, will be deemed to be, at the Issuers’ election, either
(i) Restricted Payments at the time of such designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under subsection (b) of this Section 4.10 or (ii) Permitted Investments under either clause (10) or
(12) of the definition of “Permitted Investments.” All such outstanding Investments will be deemed to constitute either Restricted Investments (in the case of a designation pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding sentence) or
Permitted Investments (in the case of a designation pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence) in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Investments at the time of such designation. Such designation will only be permitted if
such Restricted Investment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10(c), in the event that a
Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions described in clauses (1) through (11) of Section 4.10(b) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 4.10, Parent may,
in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Restricted Payment or any portion thereof in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10. 
  
 (d) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or
securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. 
  

 -67- 

	SECTION 4.11.	Limitation on Liens. 

  
 (a) Prior to the Termination Date (and during any period, this subsection (a) of this Section 4.11 shall apply when there is no election by
Parent pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 4.11), Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective
any Lien of any kind upon any of its assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom or assign any rights to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens; provided that any Lien on such assets shall be
permitted notwithstanding that it is not a Permitted Lien if all payments due under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are secured on an equal and ratable basis (or prior basis in the case of any such Indebtedness which is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees) with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. 
  
 (b) Following the Termination Date, Parent may elect by written notice to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes to be subject
to the provisions of this subclause (b) with respect to the limitation on Liens in lieu of subclause (a) above. From and after making such election, Parent shall not and shall not permit any of its Principal Properties Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind upon any (1) any Principal Property or (2) any shares of Capital Stock or evidence if indebtedness for borrowed
money issued by any Principal Properties Subsidiary and owned by Parent or any Principal Properties Subsidiary, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, without making effective provision, and Parent in such case shall make or cause
to be made effective provision, whereby the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be secured by such Lien equally and ratably with any and all other indebtedness or obligations thereby secured, so long as such indebtedness or obligations shall be so
secured; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any of the following: 
  
 (1) Liens that exist on the Issue Date (other than Liens incurred on or after the Issue Date and prior to the Termination Date in reliance
on clauses (1) or (22) of the definition of Permitted Liens); 
  
 (2) Liens on property, shares of capital stock or evidence of indebtedness of any corporation existing at the time such corporation becomes a Subsidiary; 
  
 (3) Liens in favor of Parent or any Subsidiary; 
  
 (4) Liens in favor of governmental bodies to secure
progress, advance or other payments pursuant to contract or statute or indebtedness incurred to finance all or a part of construction of or improvements to property subject to such Liens; 
  

 -68- 

 (5) Liens (i) on property, shares of Capital Stock or evidences of indebtedness for
borrowed money existing at the time of acquisition thereof (including acquisition through merger or consolidation), and construction and improvement Liens that are entered into within one year from the date of such construction or improvement,
provided that in the case of construction or improvement the Lien shall not apply to any property theretofore owned by Parent or any Principal Properties Subsidiary except substantially unimproved real property on which the property so constructed
or the improvement is located and (ii) for the acquisition of any Principal Property, which Liens are created within 180 days after the completion of such acquisition to secure or provide for the payment of the purchase price of the Principal
Property acquired; provided that any such Liens do not extend to any other property of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (whether such property is then owned or thereafter acquired); 
  
 (6) mechanics’, landlords’ and similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in respect
of obligations not due or being contested in good faith; 
  
 (7) Liens for taxes, assessments, or governmental charges or levies that are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith; 
  
 (8) Liens arising from any legal proceedings that are being contested in good faith; 
  
 (9) any Liens that (i) are incidental to the ordinary
conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties and assets, including Liens incurred in connection with workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits, or to secure performance of
tenders, statutory obligations, leases and contracts, (ii) were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit and (iii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the
property of Parent or any Subsidiary or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business; 
  
 (10) Liens securing industrial development or pollution control bonds; and 
  
 (11) Liens for the sole purpose of extending, renewing or replacing (or unsuccessfully extending, renewing
or replacing) in whole or in part any of the foregoing. 
  
 (c)
Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (b) of this Section 4.11 during such time as clause (b) above shall apply, Parent or any Subsidiary may, without equally and ratably securing the Notes or the Note Guarantees, create or assume
Liens which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restrictions if at the time of such creation or assumption, and after giving effect thereto, Exempted Indebtedness does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 
  

 -69- 

	SECTION 4.12.	Limitation on Asset Sales. 

  
 (a) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless each of the following requirements is
satisfied: 
  
 (1) Parent or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 
  
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by
Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of (a) cash and/or Cash Equivalents, (b) Replacement Assets or (c) any combination of the consideration described in subclauses (a) and (b) of this
clause (2); provided that the amount of: 
  
 (i) any liabilities (as shown on Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than liabilities that are by their terms
subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets as a result of which Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are released from further liability with respect thereto, and 
  
 (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by
Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted within 180 days of receipt thereof by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) 
  
 shall, in each case, be deemed to be cash for purposes of this clause (2). 
  
 (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale,
Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary may at its option, cause such Net Proceeds to be applied (a) to make an investment in or expenditure for Replacement Assets or other capital expenditure or to enter into a binding commitment to make such an
investment or expenditure; provided that, in the case of a commitment to make an investment or expenditure, such investment or expenditure shall have been made within 180 days of such 365th day, (b) to repay Indebtedness under the New
Credit Facility (including any Related Obligations), any other Secured Indebtedness and/or any other Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) with a final maturity date prior to November 15, 2013 (and, in each case, to permanently
reduce amounts outstanding thereunder), (c) to repay Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, other than an Issuer (and to permanently reduce amounts outstanding thereunder) or (d) any combination of subclauses (a), (b) and (c).

  
 (c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or
invested as provided in subclause (b) of this Section 4.12 will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.”  

  

 -70- 

 
When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50,000,000 (the “Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date”), the Issuers shall be required to
(i) make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to the Holders of the Notes to purchase such Notes on a pro rata basis at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the purchase date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.12 and (ii) to the extent an Issuer so elects or is required, to repay any other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness (or offer to
purchase such Pari Passu Indebtedness if pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness the issuer thereof is only required to offer to repay such Indebtedness) (and permanently reduce amounts outstanding under such Pari Passu Indebtedness) at a
repayment (or repurchase) price not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repayment (or repurchase) date. 
  
 (d) Each application of Excess Proceeds pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 4.12 shall be made on a pro rata
basis among the Notes and any such other Pari Passu Indebtedness in proportion to the respective amounts outstanding under each such item of Indebtedness. To the extent that any Excess Proceeds remain after compliance with clause (c) of
this Section 4.12, Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited under this Indenture. Upon completion of an Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

  
 (e) All Net Proceeds and Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales may,
pending their application in accordance with this Section 4.12, be used to temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings under any Credit Facility or be invested in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
  
 (f) Within 30 days following an Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date, the Issuers
shall send, or at the Issuers’ written request the Trustee shall send, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, a notice, prepared by the Issuers, to each Holder of Notes at its last registered address, which notice shall govern the terms of the
Asset Sale Offer. The notice shall offer to repurchase Notes on the purchase date specified in such notice (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as required by law) (the
“Asset Sale Offer Payment Date”) pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. The notice to the Holders shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender
Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. Such notice shall state: 
  
 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.12 and that all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted for payment; provided, however, that if the
aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds available in connection with the Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis;

  

 -71- 

 (2) the offer price (including the amount of accrued interest) and the Asset Sale Offer
Payment Date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as required by law); 
  
 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (4) that, unless the Issuers default in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to
the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form
entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Note at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Asset
Sale Offer Payment Date; 
  
 (6) that Holders
will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the third Business Day prior to the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased; and 
  

(7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion
of the Notes surrendered; provided, however, that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof. 
  
 (g) On the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful: 
  
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof (in
integral multiples of $1,000) validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer; provided, however, that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn exceeds the amount
of Excess Proceeds available in connection with the Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis; 
  
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount in U.S. Dollars equal to the offer price (including the amount of accrued interest) in respect
of all Notes or portions thereof to be purchased; and 
  

 -72- 

 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee all Notes so accepted together with
an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes (or portions thereof) being purchased by the Issuers. 
  
 Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the monies specified in clause (2) above and the Officers’ Certificate specified in clause (3) above, such Paying Agent
shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so purchased the offer price (including the amount of accrued interest) for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder of
Notes a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes purchased, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Issuers will publicly announce
the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date. 
  
 (h) Upon the payment of the offer price (including the amount of accrued interest) for any Notes purchased in the Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee shall,
subject to the provisions of Section 2.16, return such Notes to the Issuers for cancellation. Any monies remaining after the purchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer shall be returned within three Business Days to the Issuers by the
Paying Agents. The Trustee may act as the Paying Agent for purposes of any Asset Sale Offer. 
  
 (i) The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection
with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.12, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws
and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue thereof. 
  

	SECTION 4.13. 	Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise
cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to: 
  
 (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock; 
  
 (b) pay any Indebtedness owed to Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
  

 -73- 

 (c) make loans or advances to Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (d) Transfer any of its properties or assets to Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, 
  
 except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing
under or by reason of any of the following: 
  
 (1) Existing Indebtedness, the New Credit Facility and any amendments or refinancings thereof; provided that such amendments or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances or
restrictions than those contained in such Existing Indebtedness or the New Credit Facility, as the case may be, on the Issue Date; 
  
 (2) (a) this Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes, and the Note Guarantees and (b) the 2015 Notes Indenture, the 2015 Notes, the
2015 Exchange Notes and the 2015 Note Guarantees; 
  
 (3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 
  
 (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as in effect at the time of acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was
incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the assets of the Person, so acquired;
provided that in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
  
 (5) Purchase Money Obligations and Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (3) of subsection
(b) of Section 4.09 for assets acquired that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (d) above of this Section 4.13 on the assets so acquired; 
  
 (6) an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the
Equity Interests or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; provided that (a) such sale or disposition is permitted by the terms of this Indenture and (b) such restrictions are limited to the Restricted Subsidiary that is the
subject of such agreement pending its sale or other disposition; 
  
 (7) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.11 that (y) limit the right of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries 

  

 -74- 

 
to Transfer or dispose of the assets subject to such Lien or (z) place any restriction on Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s use of the
assets subject to such Lien; 
  
 (8) restrictions
on cash or other deposits or net worth requirements imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in either (i) the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced or (ii) the New Credit Facility as in effect on the Issue Date;

  
 (10) Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity
Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of an Accounts Receivable Entity in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Accounts Receivables Entity or the receivables which
are subject to the Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
  
 (11) contractual encumbrances and restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, and any amendments thereof; provided that such amendments are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than such existing contractual encumbrances
and restrictions; 
  
 (12) protective liens filed
in connection with Sale and Leaseback Transactions permitted under Section 4.15; 
  
 (13) customary non-assignment provisions of any contract and customary provisions restricting assignment or subletting in any lease
governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; 
  
 (14) customary provisions restricting the disposition or distribution of assets or property to each holder of Capital Stock of a joint venture contained in any joint venture agreement which restriction is limited to
the assets or property of such joint venture; 
  
 (15) restrictions in effect on the Issue Date that are contained in charter documents or shareholder agreements relating to any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent and any amendments thereof; provided that such amendments are not
materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such restrictions than those contained in such document or agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; and 
  
 (16) Indebtedness of (y) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to clause (1) or
(13) of subsection (b) of Section 4.09 and (z) an Issuer or any Guarantor 

  

 -75- 

 
incurred pursuant to Section 4.09; provided (i) in the case of clause (z) above with respect to any Guarantor, such encumbrance or
restriction may exist only for so long as such Guarantor continues to Guarantee the Notes and (ii) in the case of clauses (y) and (z) above, the Board of Directors of Parent shall have determined in good faith (as evidenced by a
resolution of the Board of Directors) at the time that such encumbrance or restriction is created that such encumbrance or restriction, as the case may be, will not impair the ability of the Issuers to make scheduled payments of interest and
principal on the Notes in each case as and when due. 
  

	SECTION 4.14.	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. 

  
 (a) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, amend or suffer to exist any
transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with or for the benefit of any Affiliate (each an “Affiliate Transaction”) or
extend, renew, waive or otherwise amend or modify the terms of any Affiliate Transaction entered into prior to the Issue Date unless the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are not materially less favorable to Parent or the relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those terms which could reasonably be obtained by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm’s-length basis between unaffiliated parties. 
  
 (b) In any Affiliate Transaction (or any series of related Affiliate
Transactions which are similar or part of a common plan) involving an amount or having a Fair Market Value in excess of $50,000,000, Parent must either (i) obtain a board resolution of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of
Directors of Parent certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with subsection (a) of this Section 4.14 or (ii) obtain a favorable written opinion as to the fairness of such transaction or transactions, as the case may be,
from an Independent Financial Advisor. 
  
 (c) The foregoing
provisions shall not apply to: 
  
 (1) any
Affiliate Transaction that is between or among Parent and/or any one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (2) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is not prohibited by Section 4.10; 
  
 (3) reasonable fees, compensation, benefits and incentive
arrangements paid or provided to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors or employees or consultants of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary as determined in good faith by Parent’s Board of Directors or senior management;

  

 -76- 

 (4) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any
transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) or in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders, taken as a whole,
than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; 
  
 (5) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
  
 (6) sales or issuances of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent to Affiliates of Parent; 
  
 (7) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of
Parent solely because Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an Equity Interest in or controls such Person; 
  
 (8) any transaction undertaken pursuant to the Constar Agreements, including any amendment thereto or replacement thereof so long as any
such amendment or replacement agreement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders, taken as a whole, than the original Constar Agreement so amended or replaced; and 
  
 (9) the non-recourse accommodation pledge of equity of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to support the
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent such pledge is otherwise permitted under this Indenture. 
  

	SECTION 4.15.	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 

  
 (a) Prior to the Termination Date, Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback
Transaction; provided that Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if: 
  
 (1) Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such
Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 4.09; 
  
 (2) the Lien to secure such Indebtedness does not extend to or cover any assets of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the assets which are the subject of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction;

  
 (3) the gross cash proceeds of such Sale and
Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the asset that is the subject of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and 
  

 -77- 

 (4) the Transfer of assets in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by, and
the proceeds of such transaction are applied in compliance with Section 4.12. 
  
 (b) Following the Termination Date, Parent shall not, nor shall it permit any Principal Properties Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing (as lessee) by Parent or any
Principal Properties Subsidiary of any Principal Property (except for temporary leases for a term, including any renewal thereof, of not more than three years and except for leases between Parent and a Principal Properties Subsidiary or between
Principal Properties Subsidiaries) which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Parent or a Principal Properties Subsidiary to such person (herein referred to as a “Post Termination Date Sale and Leaseback
Transaction”) unless either (i) Parent or such Principal Properties Subsidiary would be entitled to incur a Lien on such property without equally and ratably securing the Notes or the Note Guarantees pursuant to clause (b) of
Section 4.11 or (ii) the net proceeds of such sale are at least equal to the fair value (as determined by the Board of Directors) of such property and Parent shall apply an amount equal to the net proceeds of such sale to (A) the
retirement (other than any mandatory retirement or payment at maturity) of (x) Notes (other than any retirement prohibited by the terms of any Notes pursuant to prohibitions on advance refundings) or (y) Funded Debt of Parent, either
Issuer or any Principal Properties Subsidiary ranking prior to or on a parity with the Notes or (B) the acquisition, construction or improvement of a Principal Property, within 120 days of the effective date of any such arrangement. 

 
 (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (b) of this
Section 4.15, Parent or any Principal Properties Subsidiary may enter into Post Termination Date Sale and Leaseback Transactions, if at the time of such entering into, and after giving effect thereto, Exempted Indebtedness does not exceed 10%
of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 
  

	SECTION 4.16.	Reports to Holders. 

  
 (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding hereunder, the Issuers shall furnish to
the Trustee and Holders thereof the following: 
  
 (1) all quarterly and annual financial information of Parent that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if Parent were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of the
financial statements or in the footnotes thereto and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the financial condition and results of operations of 

  

 -78- 

 
Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Parent, if any) and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by Parent’s certified independent
accountants; and 
  
 (2) all current reports that
would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if Parent were required to file such reports, 
  
 in each case, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations. 
  
 (b) In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, Parent shall file a copy of all such information and reports with
the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective
investors upon request. In addition, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, furnish to the Holders of such Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The Issuers will comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(a). 
  

	SECTION 4.17.	Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries. 

  
 (a) Parent shall not create, acquire or suffer to exist, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create, acquire or suffer to exist,
any Subsidiary other than: 
  
 (1) a Restricted
Subsidiary existing as of the Issue Date or that is acquired or created after the Issue Date; provided, however, that each Domestic Subsidiary (other than the Issuers) of Parent that from time to time is an obligor or guarantor under
any Credit Facility including, without limitation, the New Credit Facility, must execute a Note Guarantee (and with such documentation relating thereto as are required under this Indenture, including, without limitation, a supplement or amendment to
this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel as to the enforceability of such Note Guarantee), pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will become a Guarantor; or 
  
 (2) an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 (b) A Note Guarantee of any Guarantor shall be subject to release and discharge as provided under Article Ten. 

 

	SECTION 4.18.	Termination of Certain Covenants in Event of Investment Grade Rating. 

  

If at any time (the “Termination Date”) that (a) the Notes issued under this Indenture have Investment Grade Ratings from both
Rating Agencies and (b) no Default or 

  

 -79- 

 
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall no longer be subject to the following
provisions of this Indenture: 
  
 (1)
Section 4.08; 
  
 (2) Section 4.09;

  
 (3) Section 4.10; 
  
 (4) upon the making of the election described in clause
(b) of Section 4.11, clause (a) of Section 4.11; 
  
 (5) Section 4.12; 
  
 (6) Section 4.13; 
  
 (7)
Section 4.14; 
  
 (8) clause (a) of
Section 4.15; and 
  
 (9) subclause (a)(4)
of Section 5.01 
  
 (collectively, the “Terminated
Covenants”). From and after the Termination Date, the Terminated Covenants shall not be subject to reinstatement notwithstanding any event including, without limitation, that subsequently, either of the Rating Agencies withdraws its
rating or downgrades the ratings assigned to any Notes issued under this Indenture below the required Investment Grade Ratings such that both Rating Agencies at such time shall not have assigned to all Notes issued under this Indenture an Investment
Grade Rating or a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
  
 ARTICLE FIVE 
  
 SUCCESSOR
CORPORATION 
  

	SECTION 5.01.	Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets. 

  
 (a) (i) Neither Parent nor any Issuer shall consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or Transfer all or substantially all of the properties or
assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (ii) neither Parent nor any Issuer shall permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, Transfer all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case, to another Person unless: 
  
 (1) (A) in the case of a merger, consolidation or Transfer involving Parent, Parent is the surviving corporation or the Person formed
by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent) or to which such Transfer has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and

  

 -80- 

 (B) in the case of a merger, consolidation or Transfer involving an Issuer, such Issuer
is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or to which such Transfer has been made is a limited liability company, partnership or corporation organized or existing under
the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that if at any time Crown Americas or such successor Person is a limited liability company or partnership there shall be a joint and several co-issuer of
the Notes that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Crown Americas and that is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; 
  
 (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation
or merger (if other than Parent or an Issuer, as the case may be) or the Person to which such Transfer has been made assumes all the obligations of Parent, such Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary under the Notes, the Note Guarantees, this
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture or amendment of the relevant documents; 
  
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
  
 (4) Parent or such Issuer, as the case may be, or the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger or to which such Transfer has been made will, at the time of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (a) of Section 4.09. 
  
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following shall be permitted: 
  
 (1) the consolidation or merger of Parent with or into or
the Transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to Crown, other than any such merger or consolidation or Transfer to a Restricted Subsidiary of Crown; 
  

 -81- 

 (2) the Transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of Crown and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to Crown, other than any Transfer to a Restricted Subsidiary of Crown; and 
  
 (3) the consolidation or merger of an Issuer with or into or the Transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of such
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to Crown, other than any such consolidation or merger with or into or Transfer to a Restricted Subsidiary of Crown. 
  
 (c) This Section 5.01 shall not prohibit: 
  
 (1) a consolidation or merger between an Issuer and a Guarantor other than Crown; 
  
 (2) a consolidation or merger between a Guarantor and any
other Guarantor other than Crown; 
  
 (3) a
consolidation or merger between a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Issuer) that is not a Guarantor and any other Restricted Subsidiary other than Crown; 
  
 (4) the Transfer of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Guarantor to an Issuer and/or any other Guarantor other than
Crown; or 
  
 (5) the Transfer of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Issuer) that is not a Guarantor to any other Restricted Subsidiary other than Crown; 
  
 provided that, in each case involving an Issuer or a Guarantor, if such Issuer or such Guarantor is not the surviving entity of such
transaction or the Person to which such Transfer is made, the surviving entity or the Person to which such Transfer is made shall comply with subsection (a)(2) of this Section 5.01. 
  

	SECTION 5.02.	Successor Person Substituted. 

  
 Upon any consolidation, combination or merger of Parent, an Issuer or any other Guarantor, or any Transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of
Parent or an Issuer in accordance with the foregoing provisions of Section 5.01, in which Parent, such Issuer or such Guarantor is not the continuing obligor under the Notes or its related Note Guarantee, the surviving entity formed by such
consolidation or into which Parent, such Issuer or such Guarantor is merged or to which the Transfer is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of Parent, such Issuer or such Guarantor under this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the same effect as if such surviving entity 

  

 -82- 

 
had been named therein as Parent, such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, and, except in the case of a Transfer to Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, Parent, such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes or in respect of its Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and all of Parent’s, such
Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s, as the case may be, other obligations and covenants under the Notes, this Indenture and its Note Guarantee, if applicable. 
  
 ARTICLE SIX 
  
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  

	SECTION 6.01.	Events of Default. 

  
 Each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes: 
  
 (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest
with respect to the Notes; 
  
 (2) default in
payment when due of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise; 
  
 (3) failure by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with any of the provisions under Section 4.08, Section 4.12 or
Article Five; 
  
 (4) failure by Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent for 60 days after receipt of notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding under this Indenture to comply with any covenant or agreement contained in this
Indenture (other than the covenants and agreements specified in clauses (1) through (3) of this Section 6.01); 
  
 (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, which default
(a) is caused by a failure to pay when due at final stated maturity (giving effect to any grace period related thereto) principal of such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such
Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been
so accelerated, aggregates $50,000,000 or more; 
  

 -83- 

 (6) failure by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments (net
of any amounts covered by insurance and as to which such insurer has not denied responsibility or coverage in writing) aggregating $50,000,000 or more, which judgments are not paid, discharged, bonded or stayed within 60 days after their entry;

  
 (7) (A) a court having jurisdiction over
Parent, an Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Parent enters (x) a decree or order for relief in respect of Parent, an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries
of Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or (y) a decree or order adjudging Parent, an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is a
Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment
or composition of or in respect of Parent, an Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries under any Bankruptcy Law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar
official of Parent, an Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order
for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days or (B) Parent, an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries of
Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (i) commences a voluntary case under any Bankruptcy Law or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any Bankruptcy Law, (ii) consents
to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of Parent, an Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries or for all or
substantially all the property and assets of Parent, an Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (iv) generally is not paying its
debts as they become due; and 
  
 (8) any Note
Guarantee of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and this Indenture) or is declared null and void and unenforceable or found to be
invalid or any Guarantor denies its liability under its Note Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Note Guarantee). 
  

 -84- 

	SECTION 6.02.	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission. 

  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, either the Trustee, by notice in writing to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least
25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuers and the Trustee, specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, may declare the principal of and
premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration, such principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable; provided,
however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs with respect to Parent or an Issuer, the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding
shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if: 
  
 (1) all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the
acceleration, have been cured or waived; 
  
 (2)
to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 
  
 (3) the Issuers have paid the Trustee its reasonable
compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements, indemnities and advances; and 
  
 (4) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(7), the Trustee shall have
received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 
  
 No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
  

	SECTION 6.03.	Other Remedies. 

  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of
principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture and may take any necessary action requested by the Holders of a 

  

 -85- 

 
majority of the principal amount outstanding of the Notes to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a party.

  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not
possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a
waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. Any costs associated with actions taken by the Trustee under this Section 6.03 shall be reimbursed to the
Trustee by the Issuers and the Guarantors. 
  

	SECTION 6.04.	Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default. 

  
 (a) Subject to Sections 2.10, 6.02, 6.08 and 8.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have the right to
waive past Defaults under this Indenture except a Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on any Note as specified in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 6.01 or in respect of a covenant or a
provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of all Holders as provided for in Section 8.02. The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have
consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. In case of any such waiver, the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This subsection
(a) of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of TIA § 316(a)(1)(B), and TIA § 316(a)(1)(B) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA. 
  
 (b) Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
  

	SECTION 6.05.	Control by Majority. 

  
 Subject to Sections 2.10 and 7.01, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have the right to direct the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or
this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder not taking part in such direction, and the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by
counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed may involve it in personal liability; provided that the
Trustee may take any other action 

  

 -86- 

 
deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to
this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction. This Section 6.05 shall be in lieu of TIA § 316(a)(1)(A),
and TIA § 316(a)(1)(A) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA. 
  

	SECTION 6.06.	Limitation on Suits. 

  
 Subject to Section 6.08, a Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
  
 (1) the Holder has given the Trustee written notice of a
continuing Event of Default; 
  
 (2) the Holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
  
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense; 
  
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60
days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and 
  
 (5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request. 
  
 A Noteholder may not use any provision of this Indenture to disturb or
prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder. 
  

	SECTION 6.07.	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 

  
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of Parent or of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, as such,
shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by
accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
  

 -87- 

	SECTION 6.08.	Rights of Holders To Receive Payment. 

  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or
interest, if any, on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after such respective due dates, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or
affected without the consent of the Holder. 
  

	SECTION 6.09.	Collection Suit by Trustee. 

  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against an Issuer or
any Guarantor (or any other obligor on the Notes) for the whole amount of unpaid principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on
overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate set forth in the Notes, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  

	SECTION 6.10.	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

  
 The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee
(including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings
relative to an Issuer or any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to
distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Noteholder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. 
  
 Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan or
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Noteholder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceedings. 
  

 -88- 

	SECTION 6.11.	Priorities. 

  
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
  
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under
Section 7.07; 
  
 SECOND: to Noteholders for
amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any), ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes; and 
  
 THIRD: to the Issuers or, to the extent the Trustee collects
any amount from any Guarantor, to such Guarantor. 
  
 The Trustee
may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.11. 
  

	SECTION 6.12.	Undertaking for Costs. 

  
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as
Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.12 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Noteholder pursuant to
Section 6.08 or a suit by Noteholders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 
  
 ARTICLE SEVEN 
  
 TRUSTEE 
  

	SECTION 7.01.	Duties of Trustee. 

  
 (a) If a Default or Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise
such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the same circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. 
  
 The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of
Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless 

  

 -89- 

 
written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice
references the Notes and this Indenture. 
  
 (b) Except during the
continuance of a Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge: 
  
 (1) The Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others. 
  
 (2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture but, in the case of any such
certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this
Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established
prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate, subject to the
requirement in the preceding sentence, if applicable. 
  
 (c) The
Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of subsection (b) of this Section 7.01. 
  
 (2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts. 
  
 (3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 (4) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights, powers or duties. 
  

 -90- 

 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, subsections (a), (b), (c) and (e) of this
Section 7.01 shall govern every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee. 
  
 (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of
the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request
or direction (including, but in no way limited to, the fees and disbursements of agents and attorneys). The Trustee’s fees, expenses and indemnities (including, but in no way limited to, the fees and disbursements of agents and attorneys) are
included in the amounts guaranteed by the Note Guarantees. 
  
 (f)
The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with an Issuer or any Guarantor. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by the law. 
  

	SECTION 7.02.	Rights of Trustee. 

  
 Subject to Section 7.01: 
  
 (1) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine
and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both, which
shall conform to the provisions of Section 11.05. The Trustee shall be protected and shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion. 
  
 (3) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and
shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed by it with due care. 
  
 (4) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized
or within its rights or powers; provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute negligence or willful misconduct. 
  
 (5) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full
and complete authorization 

  

 -91- 

 
and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion
of such counsel. 
  
 (6) The rights, privileges,
protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including but not limited to as
Registrar and Paying Agent), and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder. 
  
 (7) The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the
Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its own negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such act. 
  

	SECTION 7.03.	Individual Rights of Trustee. 

  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services
for or otherwise deal with either Issuer or any Guarantor, or any Affiliates thereof, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such
conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
  

	SECTION 7.04.	Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

  
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes or any Note Guarantee,
it shall not be accountable for an Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s use of the proceeds from the sale of Notes or any money paid to an Issuer or any Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it shall not be responsible for any
statement in the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
  

	SECTION 7.05.	Notice of Defaults. 

  
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give to each Noteholder a notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 30 days after it occurs in the manner and to the extent provided in the TIA and otherwise as provided in this Indenture. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of the principal
of or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture) or relating to Article Five of this Indenture, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a
Responsible Officer in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders. 
  

 -92- 

	SECTION 7.06.	Reports by Trustee to Holders. 

  
 If required by TIA § 313(a), within 60 days after March 1 of any year, commencing on the March 1 following the date of this Indenture,
the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required
by TIA § 313(c) and TIA § 313(d). 
  
 Reports
pursuant to this Section 7.06 shall be transmitted by mail: 
  
 (1) to all Holders of Notes, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear on the Registrar’s books; and 
  
 (2) to such Holders of Notes as have, within the two years preceding such transmission, filed their names and addresses with the Trustee
for that purpose. 
  
 A copy of each report at the time of its
mailing to Holders shall be filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

  

	SECTION 7.07.	Compensation and Indemnity. 

  
 The Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation as agreed upon for their services hereunder (which compensation
shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). The Issuers and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or
made by them in connection with the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and external counsel, except any expense disbursement or advance as may be
attributable to its negligence or bad faith. 
  
 The Issuers and
the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee and its agents, employees, stockholders, directors and officers and any predecessor Trustee for, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim,
liability or expense, including without limitation taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by each of them in connection with the acceptance or performance of its duties
under this Indenture and including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation,
settlement costs). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers and the Guarantors in writing promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity;
provided that the failure by 

  

 -93- 

 
the Trustee to so notify the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not relieve the Issuers and Guarantors of their obligations hereunder except to the extent the
Issuers and the Guarantors are actually prejudiced thereby. In the event that a conflict of interest exists, the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers and the Guarantors need not
reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss or liability to have been incurred by the Trustee through its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. 
  
 To secure the payment obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien
prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee except for such money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture. 
  
 The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors
under this Section 7.07 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be joint and several liabilities of
each Issuer and each of the Guarantors and shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, discharge or other termination of this Indenture, including any termination or rejection hereof under any Bankruptcy Law.

  
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (7) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 For purposes of this Section 7.07, the term “Trustee” shall
include any trustee appointed pursuant to this Article Seven. The provisions of this Section 7.07 shall apply to Trustee in its capacity as Paying Agent, Registrar and any other Agent under this Indenture. 
  

	SECTION 7.08.	Replacement of Trustee. 

  
 The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Issuers and the Guarantors in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes
may remove the Trustee by notifying the Issuers and the removed Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuers’ written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuers may remove the Trustee at
their election if: 
  
 (1) the Trustee fails to
comply with Section 7.10; 
  
 (2) the
Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
  

 -94- 

 (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

  
 (4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable
of acting. 
  
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a
vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 
  
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers or the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Noteholder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Immediately following such delivery,
the retiring Trustee shall, subject to its rights under Section 7.07, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee
shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Noteholder. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the
Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  

	SECTION 7.09.	Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc. 

  
 If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another corporation,
subject to Section 7.10, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided that such entity shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven. 
  

	SECTION 7.10.	Eligibility; Disqualification. 

  
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1) and (2) in every respect. The Trustee shall
have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in the most recent applicable published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be
excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuers are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set
forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. 
  

 -95- 

	SECTION 7.11.	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers. 

  
 The Trustee is subject to and shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee
who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  

	SECTION 7.12.	Paying Agents. 

  
 The Issuers shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to it and the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent
shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 7.12: 
  
 (A) that it will hold all sums held by it as agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (whether
such sums have been paid to it by the Issuers or by any obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of Holders of the Notes or the Trustee; 
  
 (B) that it will at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon written request from the Trustee, deliver to the Trustee
all sums so held in trust by it together with a full accounting thereof; and 
  
 (C) that it will give the Trustee written notice within three Business Days of any failure of the Issuers (or by any obligor on the Notes) in the payment of any installment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable. 
  
 ARTICLE EIGHT 
  
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

  

	SECTION 8.01.	Without Consent of Noteholders. 

  
 Notwithstanding Section 8.02, the Issuers and Trustee may modify and amend this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of
any Holder for any of the following purposes: 
  
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
  
 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Physical Notes; 
  
 (3) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in the case of a merger or
consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of such Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets; 
  

 -96- 

 (4) to secure the Notes; 
  
 (5) to add any Guarantor or release any Guarantor from its Note Guarantee if such release is in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture; 
  
 (6) to
confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantor and Note Guarantee when such release, termination or discharge is permitted elsewhere in this Indenture; 
  
 (7) to add to the covenants of the Issuers and the Guarantors for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or
to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers and the Guarantors; 
  
 (8) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Exchange Notes and Additional Notes; 
  
 (9) to make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the rights under this Indenture of any Holder in any material respect; or 
  
 (10) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

  

	SECTION 8.02.	With Consent of Noteholders. 

  
 (a) Except to the extent provided in Section 8.01 and subsection (b) of this Section 8.02, this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees
may be amended with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or
exchange offer for Notes), and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for Notes). 
  
 (b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section 8.02, without the consent of each Holder of Notes issued under this Indenture affected
thereby, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Note held by a non-consenting Holder): 
  
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver or
make any change to this Section 8.02(b); 
  

 -97- 

 (2) reduce the principal amount of or change the Maturity Date of any Notes, or alter the
provisions with respect to the redemption of any such Notes other than, except as set forth in clause (7) below, the provisions of Section 4.08 or 4.12 of this Indenture; 
  
 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any such Notes; 
  
 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of
principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any such Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that
resulted from such acceleration); 
  
 (5) make
any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note; 
  
 (6) make any change to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the waiver of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of the Notes issued hereunder to receive payments of principal of and interest on the Notes or
otherwise impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantees; 
  
 (7) after the Issuers’ obligation to purchase Notes arises hereunder, amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation
of the Issuers to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer with respect to a Change of Control that has occurred or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated, including, without limitation,
in each case, by amending, changing or modifying any of the definitions relating thereto; 
  
 (8) release Parent, Crown or any other Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or
this Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 
  
 (9) modify or change any provision of this Indenture affecting the ranking of the Notes or Note Guarantees in a manner adverse to the
Holders of Notes. 
  
 (c) It shall not be necessary for the
consent of the Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  
 (d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 8.01 or this
Section 8.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing 

  

 -98- 

 
the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect
the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  

	SECTION 8.03.	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

  
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
  

	SECTION 8.04.	Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

  
 (a) After an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent conclusive and
binding upon such Holder and every subsequent Holder of the same Note or portion thereof, and of any Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in place thereof, even if notation of the consent is not made on any such Note.

  
 (b) The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a
record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or
their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Noteholders after such record date. No
such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Noteholders has been obtained. 
  
 (c) After an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action under Section 8.01 or this Section 8.02 becomes
effective, it shall bind every Noteholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (9) of Section 8.02(b). In that case the amendment, supplement, waiver or other action shall bind each Noteholder who has
consented to it and every subsequent Noteholder or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note. 
  

	SECTION 8.05.	Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

  
 If an amendment, supplement, or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Issuers) shall
request the Holder of the Note (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Issuers) to deliver it to the Trustee. In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the
Noteholder. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determines, the Issuers in exchange for the Note shall issue, the Guarantors shall endorse, and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make
the 

  

 -99- 

 
appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  

	SECTION 8.06.	Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc. 

  
 The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Eight if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not
affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee, the Trustee may, but need not, sign such amendment, supplement or waiver. Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, in signing or refusing to sign an amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Section 7.01, shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel stating, in addition to the matters required by Section 11.04, that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and the
Guarantors, enforceable against the Issuers and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions). 
  
 ARTICLE NINE 
  
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
  

	SECTION 9.01.	Discharge of Indenture. 

  
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes and Note Guarantees, and the Trustee, at the expense of the
Issuers, will execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, when all amounts due to the Trustee shall have been paid and either: 
  
 (1) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee all outstanding Notes
issued under this Indenture (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.08 hereof and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited
in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust) for cancellation; or 
  
 (2) (a) all Notes outstanding under this Indenture (I) have become due and payable, whether at maturity or as a result of the mailing
of a notice of redemption, or (II) will become due and payable within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in
the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and an Issuer or any Guarantor irrevocably deposits with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination
thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the 

  

 -100- 

 
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes outstanding
under this Indenture on the maturity date or on the applicable optional redemption date, as the case may be; (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such
deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which an Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Guarantor is bound; (c) the Issuers or any
Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by an Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture; and (d) the Issuers have delivered (I) irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money
toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be, and (II) an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with and that such satisfaction and discharge does not result in a default under any agreement or instrument then known to such counsel which binds or affects the Issuers. 
  
 The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the
Issuers. 
  
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuers in Article Two and in Sections 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 9.05 and 9.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 
  

	SECTION 9.02.	Legal Defeasance. 

  
 The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have their obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the
outstanding Notes on a date the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers will be deemed to have paid and discharged the
entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuers, shall, subject to
Section 9.06, execute instruments in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Issuers acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust funds described in Section 9.04 and as more fully set forth in Section 9.04, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
such Notes when such payments are due, (2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Article Two and Sections 4.02, 4.03 and 4.05, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, and immunities of the Trustee hereunder
(including claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or 

  

 -101- 

 
pursuant to Section 7.07) and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith and (4) this Article Nine. 
  
 Concurrently with any Legal Defeasance, the Issuers may, at their further
option, cause to be terminated, as of the date on which such Legal Defeasance occurs, all of the obligations under any or all of the Note Guarantees, if any, then existing and obtain the release of the Note Guarantees of any or all Guarantors. In
order to exercise such option regarding a Note Guarantee, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee with written notice of their desire to terminate such Note Guarantee prior to the delivery of the Opinions of Counsel referred to in Section 9.04.

  
 Subject to compliance with this Article Nine, the Issuers
may exercise their option under this Section 9.02 with respect to the Notes notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 9.03 below with respect to the Notes. 
  

	SECTION 9.03.	Covenant Defeasance. 

  
 The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have their obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors under Sections 4.08, 4.09,
4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 (except for obligations mandated by the TIA) and clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) released with respect to the outstanding Notes on a date the conditions set forth in
Section 9.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers may fail to comply with and shall have no liability in
respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision
herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be
unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise of the option in this Section 9.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5) and (6) shall not constitute
Events of Default. 
  
 Notwithstanding any discharge or release of
any obligations under this Indenture pursuant to Section 9.02 or this Section 9.03, the Issuers’ obligations in Article Two and Sections 7.07, 9.05, 9.06, 9.07 and 9.08 shall survive until such time as the Notes have been paid in
full. Thereafter, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 7.07, 9.05, 9.07 and 9.08 shall survive. 
  

 -102- 

	SECTION 9.04.	Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

  
 The following shall be the conditions to application of Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 to the outstanding Notes: 
  
 (1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee,
in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes issued under this Indenture, cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants (such opinion shall be addressed and delivered to the Trustee, and upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying), to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes outstanding under this
Indenture on the stated maturity date or on the applicable optional redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
  
 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States confirming that (a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there
has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Notes outstanding under this Indenture will not recognize income, gain or
loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

  
 (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the
Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States confirming that the Holders of the Notes outstanding under this Indenture will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of
such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time
in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; 
  
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which Parent or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound; 
  
 (6) the Issuers must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that assuming no intervening bankruptcy of any
Issuer or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and assuming that no 

  

 -103- 

 
Holder is an “insider” of an Issuer under applicable Bankruptcy Law, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject
to the effect of applicable Bankruptcy Law; 
  
 (7) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture over the other creditors of the
Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or others; and 
  
 (8) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
precedent provided for relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
  

	SECTION 9.05.	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust. 

  

All money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.04 in respect of the
outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agents, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and
to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 The Issuers and the Guarantors shall (on a joint and several basis) pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or
other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 9.04 or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law
is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Anything in this Article Nine to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon a request of the Issuers any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in
Section 9.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be
deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  

	SECTION 9.06.	Reinstatement. 

  
 If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01, 9.02 or 9.03 by
reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority 

  

 -104- 

 
enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, each Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes
and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Nine until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in
accordance with Section 9.01; provided that if the Issuers or the Guarantors have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers or the
Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent. 
  

	SECTION 9.07. 	Moneys Held by Paying Agent. 

  
 In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys and U.S. Government Obligations then held by any Paying Agent under the
provisions of this Indenture shall, upon written demand of the Issuers, be paid or delivered to the Trustee, or if sufficient moneys and U.S. Government Obligations have been deposited pursuant to Section 9.04, to the Issuers upon a request of
the Issuers (or, if such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations had been deposited by the Guarantors, to such Guarantors), and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys. 
  

	SECTION 9.08. 	Moneys Held by Trustee. 

  
 Any moneys and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or then held by the Issuers or the Guarantors in trust for the
payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the Holder of such Note for two years after the date upon which the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Note
shall have respectively become due and payable shall be repaid or returned to the Issuers (or, if appropriate, the Guarantors) upon a request of the Issuers, or if such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations are then held by the Issuers or the
Guarantors in trust, such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations shall be released from such trust; and the Holder of such Note entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuers and the
Guarantors for the payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust moneys and U.S. Government Obligations shall thereupon cease; provided that the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, before
being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Issuers and the Guarantors, either mail to each Noteholder affected, at the address shown in the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.06,
or cause to be published once a week for two successive weeks, in one newspaper published in the English language, customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New York, the State of New York, a notice that such
moneys and U.S. Government Obligations remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of 

  

 -105- 

 
such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations then remaining will be repaid or returned to the Issuers. After payment or return to the Issuers or the
Guarantors or the release of any moneys and U.S. Government Obligations held in trust by an Issuer or any Guarantors, as the case may be, Holders entitled thereto must look only to the Issuers and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors
unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person. 
  
 ARTICLE TEN 
  
 GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES 
  

	SECTION 10.01. 	Guarantee. 

  
 The Guarantors, by execution of this Indenture, jointly and severally, guarantee to each Holder (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on each Note, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, to the
extent lawful, and the due and punctual payment of all other obligations and due and punctual performance of all obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of such Note and this Indenture and
(ii) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, at stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each Guarantor, by execution of this Indenture, agrees that, subject only to the applicable provisions, if any, of Section 10.06, its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional,
irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any such Note or this Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of any such Note or this Indenture, any waiver, modification or indulgence
granted to the Issuers with respect thereto by the Holder of such Note, or any other circumstances which may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or such Guarantor. 
  
 Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand for payment,
filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of an Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against an Issuer, protest or notice with respect to any such Note or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands
whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged as to any such Note except by payment in full of the principal thereof and interest thereon. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the
Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition
preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether 

  

 -106- 

 
or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee. 
  
 The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying
Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of any Holder under the Note Guarantees. 
  

	SECTION 10.02. 	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 

  
 To further evidence the Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee, substantially
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and such Note Guarantee shall be executed by either manual or facsimile signature of an Officer of each Guarantor. The
validity and enforceability of any Note Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. 
  
 Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall be in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure
to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
  
 If
an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or a Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s
Guarantee of such Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 The
delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor. 
  

	SECTION 10.03. 	Release of Guarantors. 

  
 (a) The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor (other than Parent or Crown) will be unconditionally released and discharged upon any of the following: 

 
 (1) any Transfer (including, without limitation, by way
of consolidation or merger) by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of all of the Equity Interests of, or all or substantially all of the properties and assets of, such Guarantor, which
sale, exchange or transfer is made in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (2) any Transfer directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, by way of consolidation or merger) by Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary to any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of Equity Interests of such Guarantor or 

  

 -107- 

 
any issuance by such Guarantor of its Equity Interests, which Transfer or issuance is made in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, such that
such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of Parent; provided that such Guarantor is also released from all of its obligations in respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility; 
  
 (3) the release of such Guarantor from all obligations of
such Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility; or 
  
 (4) the designation of such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that such Guarantor is also released from all of its obligations in respect of
Indebtedness under each Credit Facility. 
  
 (b) Except as
provided under Article Five, a Note Guarantee of Parent or Crown may be released and discharged only with the consent of each Holder of Notes to which such Note Guarantee relates in accordance with Article Eight; provided that the Note
Guarantee of Crown may also be released and discharged upon satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in clause (1), (2) or (4) of subsection (a) of this Section 10.03 and, if Crown is also released as a guarantor in
respect of the Existing Secured Notes, to the extent outstanding, clause (3) of subsection (a) of this Section 10.03. 
  
 (c) No such release or discharge of a Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be effective against the Trustee or the Holders of Notes to which such Note
Guarantee relates (i) if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture as of the time of such proposed release until such time as such Default or Event of Default is cured and waived (unless such
release is in connection with the sale of the Equity Interests in such Guarantor constituting collateral for a Credit Facility in connection with the exercise of remedies against such Equity Interests or in connection with a Transfer permitted by
this Indenture if, but for the existence of such Default or Event of Default, such Subsidiary would otherwise be entitled to be released from its Guarantee following the sale of such Equity Interests) and (ii) until the Issuers shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, upon which such Trustee shall have no liability in relying, stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transactions have been complied with and that
such release and discharge is authorized and permitted under this Indenture. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by either the Issuers or a Guarantor in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee endorsed on the Notes
and under this Article Ten. 
  

	SECTION 10.04. 	Waiver of Subrogation. 

  
 Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Issuers that arise from the
existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guarantee and this 

  

 -108- 

 
Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or
remedy of any Holder of Notes against the Issuers, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Issuers, directly or
indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or Note on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have
been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders
to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by
this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.04 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
  

	SECTION 10.05. 	Notice to Trustee. 

  
 An Issuer or any Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to such Issuer or any such Guarantor which would prohibit the
making of any payment to or by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office in respect of the Note Guarantees. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article Ten or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge
of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Note Guarantees, unless and until the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Issuers no later than one Business
Day prior to such payment; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.05, and subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02, shall be entitled in all respects to
assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice referred to in this Section 10.05 at least one Business Day prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such
payment may become payable for any purpose under this Indenture (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee
shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purpose for which such money was received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it less than one Business Day prior to
such date. 
  

	SECTION 10.06. 	Limitation on Guarantor’s Liability. 

  
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee
of a Guarantor does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent 

  

 -109- 

 
Transfer Act or any similar U.S. Federal or state or other applicable law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Holder and each Guarantor hereby
irrevocably agree that the obligations of a Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor result in the obligations of such
Guarantor not constituting such a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  
 ARTICLE ELEVEN 
  
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  

	SECTION 11.01. 	Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

  
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA,
the required provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies any TIA provision that may be so modified, such TIA provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified. If any provision of this Indenture excludes
any TIA provision that may be so excluded, such TIA provision shall be excluded from this Indenture. 
  
 The provisions of TIA §§ 310 through 317 that impose duties on any Person (including the provisions automatically deemed included unless
expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture, whether or not physically contained herein. 
  

	SECTION 11.02. 	Notices. 

  
 Except for notice or communications to Holders, any notice or communication shall be given in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class
mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows: 
  
 If to an Issuer or any Guarantor: Crown Americas LLC 
  
 Crown Americas Capital Corp. 
 c/o Crown
Holdings, Inc. 
 One Crown Way 
 Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599 
 Attn: General Counsel 
 Telephone: (215) 698-5100 
 Facsimile: (215) 676-6011 
  

 -110- 

 With copies to: 
  

Dechert LLP 
 Cira Center 
 2929 Arch Street 
 Philadelphia, PA 19104

 Attn: William G. Lawlor 
 Telephone: (215) 994-4000 
 Facsimile: (215) 994-2222 
  
 If to the Trustee: 
  
 Citibank, N.A. 
 Corporate Trust Office

 388 Greenwich Street, 14th Floor 
 New York, NY 10013 
 Attn: Corporate Trust Services - Crown Americas LLC 
 Telephone: (212) 816-5639 
 Facsimile:
(212) 816-5527 
  
 The Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee
by written notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time delivered by hand, if personally
delivered; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); when answered
back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
  
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail,
certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in
TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
  
 If a notice or communication to a Holder is mailed in the manner provided
above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
  
 In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as required by this Indenture, then such 

  

 -111- 

 
method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such notice. 
  

	SECTION 11.03. 	Communications by Holders with Other Holders. 

  
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers,
the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar, each Agent and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  

	SECTION 11.04. 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

  
 Upon any request or application by an Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, such Issuer or such Guarantor shall
furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (1) an Officers’
Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have
been complied with; and 
  
 (2) an Opinion of
Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with. 
  

	SECTION 11.05. 	Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion. 

  
 Each certificate and opinion with respect to compliance by or on behalf of an Issuer or any Guarantor with a condition or covenant provided for in this
Indenture shall include: 
  
 (1) a statement that
the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in
such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (3) a
statement that, in the opinion of such Person, it or he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable it or him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

  
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the
opinion of such Person, such covenant or condition has been complied with. 
  

 -112- 

	SECTION 11.06. 	Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

  
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or meetings of Noteholders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their
functions. 
  

	SECTION 11.07. 	Business Days; Legal Holidays. 

  
 A “Business Day” is a day that is not a Legal Holiday. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which
commercial banks in The City of New York, the State of New York are authorized or required by law to close. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal
Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
  

	SECTION 11.08. 	Governing Law. 

  
 This Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without
giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. 
  

	SECTION 11.09. 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

  
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan, security or debt agreement of Parent or any Subsidiary thereof. No such indenture,
loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  

	SECTION 11.10. 	Successors. 

  
 All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee,
any additional trustee and any Agents in this Indenture shall bind its successor. 
  

	SECTION 11.11. 	Multiple Counterparts. 

  
 The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one
and the same agreement. 
  

	SECTION 11.12. 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

  
 The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  

 -113- 

	SECTION 11.13. 	Separability. 

  
 Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision which is not essential to the effectuation of the basic
purpose of this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 [Signature Pages Follow] 
  

 -114- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and
year first written above. 
  

			
	 CROWN AMERICAS LLC
as Issuer

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

	 Name:
	 	 Michael B. Burns

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President and Treasurer

	
	 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP.
as Issuer

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

	 Name:
	 	 Michael B. Burns

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President and Treasurer

			
	 GUARANTORS:

	
	 CROWN HOLDINGS, INC.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan W. Rutherford

	 Name:
	 	 Alan W. Rutherford

	 Title:
	 	 Vice Chairman of the Board, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	 Attest:

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

	 Name:
	 	 Michael B. Burns

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President and Treasurer

			
	 Central States Can Co. of Puerto Rico, Inc.

	 CROWN Beverage Packaging Puerto Rico, Inc.

	 Crown Consultants, Inc.

	 Crown Cork & Seal Company (DE), LLC

	 Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc.

	 Crown Financial Corporation

	 Crown Financial Management, Inc.

	 Crown International Holdings, Inc.

	 CROWN Packaging Technology, Inc.

	 Foreign Manufacturers Finance Corporation

	 NWR, Inc.

	 Crown Holdings (PA), LLC

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

	 Name:
	 	 Michael B. Burns

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President and Treasurer

	
	 CROWN Cork & Seal USA, Inc.

	 CROWN Risdon USA, Inc.

	 Crown Beverage Packaging, Inc.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

	 Name:
	 	 Michael B. Burns

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President and Treasurer

			
	 CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 /s/ John J. Byrnes

	 Name:
	 	 John J. Byrnes

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President

 EXHIBIT A-1 
  

[FORM OF RESTRICTED NOTE] 
  
 CROWN AMERICAS LLC 
 CROWN AMERICAS
CAPITAL CORP. 
  
 7 5/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2013 
  
 [Insert Global Note Legend, if applicable] 
  
 [Insert Private Placement Legend] 
  

			
	No. [    ]	 	CUSIP No. [            ]
	 	 	ISIN No.[            ]
	 	 	$[            ]

  
 CROWN AMERICAS LLC, a
Pennsylvania limited liability company (“Crown Americas”), and CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (“Capital Corp.”), as issuers (the “Issuers”), for value received, jointly and
severally, promise to pay to [            ] or registered assigns the principal sum of
[                                ] on November 15, 2013. 
  
 Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2006.

  
 Record Dates: May 1 and November 1 (whether or not a Business Day).

  
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note
contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
  

 A-1-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by two of its
duly authorized officers. 
  

			
	 CROWN AMERICAS LLC

		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
	
	 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP.

		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

 A-1-2 

 Certificate of Authentication 
  
 This is one of the 7  5/8% Senior Notes due 2013 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	 CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	 

  
 Dated:
[                                    ] 
  

 A-1-3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF RESTRICTED NOTE] 
  
 CROWN AMERICAS LLC 
 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. 
  
 7 5/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2013 
  
 1. Interest. CROWN AMERICAS LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company (“Crown Americas”), and
CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (“Capital Corp.”), as issuers (the “Issuers”), jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of
7.625% per annum. Interest hereon will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including November 18, 2005 to but excluding the date on which interest is
paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2006. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed. The Issuers shall pay
interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes. 
  
 2. Method of Payment. The Issuers will pay interest hereon (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of
business on May 1 or November 1 preceding the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers will pay principal and interest in U.S. Dollars.
Interest may be paid by check mailed to the Holder entitled thereto at the address indicated on the register maintained by the Registrar for the Notes. 
  
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Citibank, N.A. (the “Trustee”) will act as a Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuers or any Affiliate thereof may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 18, 2005 (the “Indenture”) among the
Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Issuers issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended from time to time. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of them. Capitalized and
certain other terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 
  
 5. Optional Redemption. 
  
 (a) On and after November 15, 2009, the Issuers may redeem the Notes at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the
following redemption 

  

 A-1-4 

 
prices, expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the
twelve-month period commencing on November 15 of any year set forth below: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2009
	  	103.813	%
	 2010
	  	101.906	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) In addition, prior
to November 15, 2009, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
Make-Whole Redemption Date, plus the applicable Make-Whole Premium (a “Make-Whole Redemption”). 
  
 Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in
the notice relating to such redemption. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding
the foregoing, on or prior to November 15, 2008, the Issuers, on one or more occasions, may, at their option, redeem up to 35% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture at a
redemption price equal to 107.625% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by Parent to the extent that the net cash proceeds thereof are
contributed to the common equity capital of Crown Americas or are used to subscribe from Crown Americas’ shares of its Qualified Capital Stock; provided that (1) at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including
Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption and (2) such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering.

  
 Notice of any redemption upon an Equity Offering may be given prior to the
completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption, including, but not limited to,
completion of the related Equity Offering. 
  
 6. Notice of
Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only,
the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more
conditions precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption. 
  

 A-1-5 

 7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or
an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Issuers shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
  
 8. Registration Rights Agreement. The Holder of this Note is entitled
to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this paragraph 8 and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 In the event that (i) within 120 days after the Issue Date, neither the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission, (ii) within 240 days after the Issue Date, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective,
(iii) within 270 days after the Issue Date, neither the Exchange Offer has been consummated nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, or (iv) after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf
Registration Statement has been declared effective, such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject, in the case of the Shelf Registration Statement, to the exceptions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement)
in connection with resales of the Initial Placement or Exchange Securities in accordance with and during the periods specified in Sections 2(c)(iii) and 3(b)(ii) of the Registration Rights Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses
(i) through (iv), a “Registration Default”), then liquidated damages (“Liquidated Damages”) will accrue on this Note from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but
excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured. Liquidated Damages will accrue at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes during the 90-day period immediately following the
occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period during which such Registration Default continues, but in no event shall such Liquidated Damages exceed 1.00% per annum.

  
 9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in
registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and to pay to it any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes or portion of a Note selected for redemption, or register
the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a mailing of notice of redemption. 
  
 10. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes. 
  
 11. Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest
remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee will pay the money back to the Issuers at their 

  

 A-1-6 

 
written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property”
law designates another Person. 
  
 12. Amendment, Supplement,
Waiver, Etc. The Issuers and the Trustee may, without the consent of the Holders of any outstanding Notes, amend, waive or supplement the Indenture or the Notes for certain specified purposes, including, among other things, curing ambiguities,
defects or inconsistencies, maintaining the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, providing for the assumption by a successor to an Issuer of its obligations to the Holders and making any change that does not adversely affect the rights of
any Holder in any material respect. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Issuers and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of the Holders of the particular Notes to be affected. 
  
 13. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other
things, incur additional Indebtedness, pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase its Equity Interests, make certain investments, sell assets, create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Issuers from their Restricted
Subsidiaries, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions or consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and requires the Issuers
to provide reports to Holders of the Notes. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. Pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuers must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such
limitations. 
  
 14. Successor Corporation. When a
successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture and the transaction complies with the terms of Article Five of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation will, except as provided in Article
Five, be released from those obligations. 
  
 15. Defaults and
Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, either the Trustee, by notice in writing to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuers and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, may declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued
interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration, such principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable; provided, however, that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs with respect to Parent or an Issuer, the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall become and be
immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 
  

 A-1-7 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such
acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if: 
  
 (1) all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become
due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived; 
  
 (2) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;

  
 (3) the Issuers have paid the Trustee its
reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and 
  
 (4) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(7), the Trustee shall have
received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 
  
 No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
  
 Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity
satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may
withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes) if it determines that withholding notice is in their best interests.

  
 16. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers. The Trustee, in
its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for an Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with an Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee. 
  
 17. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee,
incorporator, member of the Board of Directors or holder of Capital Stock of Parent or of any Restricted Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note
Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
  
 18. Discharge. The Issuers’ obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations
pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in 

  

 A-1-8 

 
such amounts as will be sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be. 
  
 19. Guarantees. From and after the Issue Date, the Notes will be
entitled to the benefits of certain Note Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors,
the Trustee and the Holders. 
  
 20. Authentication. This
Note shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  
 21. Governing Law. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 22. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT (=
tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  
 The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made
to: 
  
 Crown Americas LLC 
 Crown Americas Capital Corp. 
 c/o Crown
Holdings, Inc. 
 One Crown Way 
 Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599 
 Attn: General Counsel 

	 	Telephone:	(215) 698-5100 

	 	Facsimile:	(215) 676-6011 

  

 A-1-9 

  
 ASSIGNMENT 
  
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

	
	 
	(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)
	
	 
	(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

  

			
	and irrevocably appoint 	 	 

  
 Agent to transfer this Note on the
books of the Issuers. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

									
				
	 Date:
                                       
 
	 	 	 	 Your Signature: 
	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

			
		
	 Signature Guarantee: 
	 	 
	 	 	 

  
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

  
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-1-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.08 or
Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box: 
  

			
	  ̈        Section 4.08
	  	  ̈        Section 4.12

  
 If you want to have
only part of the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

			
		
	 $
	 	 
	 	 	(multiple of $1,000)

			
		
	 Date:
	 	 

  

			
		
	 Your Signature: 
	 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

	
	
	  
	Signature Guaranteed

  
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

  
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-1-11 

 EXHIBIT A-2 
  

[FORM OF UNRESTRICTED NOTE] 
  
 CROWN AMERICAS LLC 
 CROWN AMERICAS
CAPITAL CORP. 
  
 7 5/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2013 
  
 [Insert Global Note Legend, if applicable] 
  

			
	 No. [ ]
	 	CUSIP No. [             ]
	 	 	ISIN No. [             ]
	 	 	$[             ]

  
 CROWN AMERICAS LLC, a
Pennsylvania limited liability company (“Crown Americas”), and CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (“Capital Corp.”), as issuers (the “Issuers”), for value received, jointly and
severally, promise to pay to [            ] or registered assigns the principal sum of
[                                ] on November 15, 2013. 
  
 Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2006.

  

	Record	Dates: May 1 and November 1 (whether or not a Business Day). 

  
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

  

 A-2-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by two of its
duly authorized officers. 
  

			
	 CROWN AMERICAS LLC

		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
	
	 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP.

		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

 A-2-2 

 Certificate of Authentication 
  
 This is one of the 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2013 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	 CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	 

  
 Dated: [                                    ] 
  

 A-2-3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF UNRESTRICTED NOTE] 
  
 CROWN AMERICAS LLC 
 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. 
  
 7 5/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2013 
  
 1. Interest. CROWN AMERICAS LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company (“Crown Americas”), and
CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (“Capital Corp.”), as issuers (the “Issuers”), jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of
7.625% per annum. Interest hereon will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including November 18, 2005 to but excluding the date on which interest is
paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2006. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed. The Issuers shall pay
interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes. 
  
 2. Method of Payment. The Issuers will pay interest hereon (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of
business on May 1 or November 1 preceding the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers will pay principal and interest in U.S. Dollars.
Interest may be paid by check mailed to the Holder entitled thereto at the address indicated on the register maintained by the Registrar for the Notes. 
  
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Citibank, N.A. (the “Trustee”) will act as a Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuers or any Affiliate thereof may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 18, 2005 (the “Indenture”) among the
Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Issuers issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended from time to time. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of them. Capitalized and
certain other terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 
  
 5. Optional Redemption. 
  
 (a) On and after November 15, 2009, the Issuers may redeem the Notes at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the
following redemption 

  

 A-2-1 

 
prices, expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the
twelve-month period commencing on November 15 of any year set forth below: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2009
	  	103.813	%
	 2010
	  	101.906	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) In addition, prior
to November 15, 2009, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
Make-Whole Redemption Date, plus the applicable Make-Whole Premium (a “Make-Whole Redemption”). 
  
 Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in
the notice relating to such redemption. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding
the foregoing, on or prior to November 15, 2008, the Issuers, on one or more occasions, may, at their option, redeem up to 35% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture at a
redemption price equal to 107.625% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by Parent to the extent that the net cash proceeds thereof are
contributed to the common equity capital of Crown Americas or are used to subscribe from Crown Americas’ shares of its Qualified Capital Stock; provided that (1) at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including
Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption and (2) such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering.

  
 Notice of any redemption upon an Equity Offering may be given prior to the
completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption, including, but not limited to,
completion of the related Equity Offering. 
  
 6. Notice of
Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only,
the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more
conditions precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption. 
  

 A-2-2 

 7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or
an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Issuers shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
  
 8. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form
without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and
transfer documents and to pay to it any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes or portion of a Note selected for redemption, or register the transfer of or
exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a mailing of notice of redemption. 
  
 9. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes. 
  

10. Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee will pay the money back to
the Issuers at their written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another Person. 
  
 11. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Issuers and the Trustee
may, without the consent of the Holders of any outstanding Notes, amend, waive or supplement the Indenture or the Notes for certain specified purposes, including, among other things, curing ambiguities, defects or inconsistencies, maintaining the
qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, providing for the assumption by a successor to an Issuer of its obligations to the Holders and making any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect. Other
amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Issuers and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain
exceptions requiring the consent of the Holders of the particular Notes to be affected. 
  
 12. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional Indebtedness, pay dividends on, redeem or
repurchase its Equity Interests, make certain investments, sell assets, create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Issuers from their Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, enter
into Sale and Leaseback Transactions or consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and requires the Issuers to provide reports to Holders of the Notes. Such limitations are subject to
a number of important qualifications and exceptions. Pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuers must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations. 
  

 A-2-3 

 13. Successor Corporation. When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its
predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture and the transaction complies with the terms of Article Five of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation will, except as provided in Article Five, be released from those obligations. 
  
 14. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the
Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, either the Trustee, by notice in writing to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing
to the Issuers and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, may declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable, and
upon such declaration of acceleration, such principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(7) occurs with respect to Parent or an Issuer, the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act
on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 
  
 Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if:

  
 (1) all Events of Default, other than
nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived; 
  
 (2) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has
become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 
  
 (3) the Issuers have paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and 
  
 (4) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(7),
the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 
  
 No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
  
 Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity
satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may
withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except 

  

 A-2-4 

 
a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes) if it determines that withholding notice is in their best
interests. 
  
 15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers. The
Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for an Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with an Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee. 
  
 16. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee,
incorporator, member of the Board of Directors or holder of Capital Stock of Parent or of any Restricted Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note
Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
  
 17. Discharge. The Issuers’ obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations
pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such
amounts as will be sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be. 
  
 18. Guarantees. From and after the Issue Date, the Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Note Guarantees made for the benefit of the
Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders. 
  
 19. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee
signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  
 20. Governing Law. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE
LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 21.
Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in
common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  

 A-2-5 

 The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.
Requests may be made to: 
  
 Crown Americas LLC 
 Crown Americas Capital Corp. 
 c/o Crown
Holdings, Inc. 
 One Crown Way 
 Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599 
 Attn: General Counsel 

	 	Telephone:	(215) 698-5100 

	 	Facsimile:	(215) 676-6011 

  

 A-2-6 

 ASSIGNMENT 
  
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

	
	 
	(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)
	
	 
	(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

  

			
	and irrevocably appoint	 	 

  
 Agent to transfer this Note on the
books of the Issuers. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

									
				
	 Date:
                                       
 
	 	 	 	 Your Signature: 
	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

			
		
	 Signature Guarantee: 
	 	 
	 	 	 

  
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

  
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-2-7 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.08 or
Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box: 
  

			
	  ̈        Section 4.08
	  	  ̈        Section 4.12

  
 If you want to have
only part of the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

			
		
	 $
	 	 
	 	 	(multiple of $1,000)

			
		
	 Date:
	 	 

  

			
		
	 Your Signature: 
	 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

	
	
	  
	Signature Guaranteed

  
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

  
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-2-8 

 EXHIBIT B 
  

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR RESTRICTED SECURITIES] 
  
 Any Restricted Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a
Global Note) in substantially the following form: 
  
 THIS NOTE (OR ITS
PREDECESSOR) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT
OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER: 
  
 (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”),
(B) IT IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, or (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF
REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “IAI”); 
  
 (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUERS, (B) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN A TRANSACTION
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (C) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(E) TO AN IAI THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER
IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUERS, IF THE ISSUERS SO REQUEST THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND 

  

 B-1 

 
BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUERS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN
EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND 
  
 (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

  
 AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” AND “UNITED
STATES” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE
FOREGOING. 
  

 B-2 

 EXHIBIT C 
  

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE] 
  
 Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a
Restricted Note) in substantially the following form: 
  
 THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL
NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS
NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY
OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 
  
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,
CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
  

 C-1 

 EXHIBIT D 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  
 Crown Americas LLC 
 Crown Americas Capital Corp. 
 c/o Crown Holdings, Inc. 
 One Crown Way 
 Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599 
  
 Citibank, N.A. 
 Corporate Trust Office 
 388 Greenwich Street, 14th Floor 
 New York, NY 10013 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services - Crown Americas LLC 
  

	 	Re:	7 5/8% Senior Notes due
2013 

  

	 	  	(CUSIP                     ) 

	 	  	(ISIN                        ) 

  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 18, 2005
(the “Indenture”), by and among Crown Americas LLC (“Crown Americas”) and Crown Americas Capital Corp. (“Capital Corp”), as issuers (the “Issuers”), the Guarantors and Citibank,
N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                     (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                     (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the
Transferor hereby certifies that: 
  
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
  
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Physical Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with
Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Physical Note is being transferred to a Person
that the Transferor reasonably 

  

 D-1 

 
believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Physical Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such
Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject
to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Physical Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will
take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note or a Physical Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor
and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither
such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b)
of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the
Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Physical Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

  
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Global Note or a Physical Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S.
The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue
sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
  
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (b)
 ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof; 
  

 D-2 

 or 
  
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in
any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Physical Notes and the
requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes
at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Global Note and/or the Physical Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or an
Unrestricted Physical Note. 
  
 (a)
 ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under
the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and
the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note
will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in
compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend
are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed 

  

 D-3 

 
Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is
pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the
transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (d)  ̈ Check if Transfer is
pursuant to an Effective Registration Statement. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of
the United States and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers. 
  

			
	
	 
	 [Insert Name of Transferor]

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  
 Dated:
                                        
     
  

 D-4 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

  
 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in a: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note
(CUSIP             ) (ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note
(CUSIP             ) (ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Physical Note. 

  

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

  
 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note
(CUSIP             ) (ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
            )(ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note
(CUSIP             ) (ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Physical Note; or 

  

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Physical Note, 

  
 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  

 D-5 

 EXHIBIT E 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
  
 Crown Americas LLC 
 Crown Americas Capital Corp. 
 c/o Crown Holdings, Inc. 
 One Crown Way 
 Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599 
  
 Citibank, N.A. 
 Corporate Trust Office 
 388 Greenwich Street, 14th Floor 
 New York, NY 10013 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services - Crown Americas LLC 
  

	 	Re:	7 5/8% Senior Notes due
2013 

  

	 	  	(CUSIP                     ) 

	 	  	(ISIN                        ) 

  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 18, 2005
(the “Indenture”), by and among Crown Americas LLC (“Crown Americas”) and Crown Americas Capital Corp. (“Capital Corp”), as issuers (the “Issuers”), the Guarantors and Citibank,
N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                      (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of
                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby
certifies that: 
  
 1. Exchange of Restricted Physical Notes or Beneficial
Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Physical Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i)

  

 E-1 

 
the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the
transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (b)
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Physical Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the
Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer,
(ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Physical Note to Unrestricted Physical Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Physical Note for an
Unrestricted Physical Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Physical Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Physical Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 2. Exchange of Restricted Physical Notes for Restricted Physical Notes or Beneficial
Interests in Restricted Global Notes. 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Physical Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the
Owner’s Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ Rule 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

 E-2 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the
Issuers. 
  

			
	
	 
	 [Insert Name of Owner]

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  
 Dated:                                  
  

 E-3 

 EXHIBIT F 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
  
 Crown Americas LLC

 Crown Americas Capital Corp. 
 c/o Crown Holdings, Inc.

 One Crown Way 
 Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599 
  
 Citibank, N.A. 
 Corporate Trust Office 
 388 Greenwich Street, 14th Floor 
 New York, NY 10013 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services - Crown Americas LLC 
  

	 	Re:	7 5/8% Senior Notes due
2013 

  

	 	  	(CUSIP                     ) 

	 	  	(ISIN                        ) 

  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 18, 2005
(the “Indenture”), by and among Crown Americas LLC (“Crown Americas”) and Crown Americas Capital Corp. (“Capital Corp”), as issuers (the “Issuers”), the Guarantors and Citibank,
N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
 In connection with our proposed purchase of
                     aggregate principal amount of: 
  

(a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in
a Global Note, or 
  
 (b)  ̈ a Physical Note, 
  
 we confirm that: 
  
 1. We
understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the
Notes or any 

  

 F-1 

 
interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”). 
  
 2. We understand that the
offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any
accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to an Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a
“qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (c) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you
and to the Issuers a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer, of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to
the Issuers to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under
the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Physical Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction
meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
  
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to
you and the Issuers such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuers may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by
us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
  
 4. We are an
institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating
the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
  
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts
(each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
  
 You and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party
in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

 F-2 

			
	
	 
	 [Insert Name of Accredited Owner]

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  
 Dated:                                  
  

 F-3 

 EXHIBIT G 
  

GUARANTEES 
  
 Each of the undersigned (the “Guarantors”) hereby jointly and severally unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in the
Indenture, dated as of November 18, 2005, by and among Crown Americas LLC (“Crown Americas”) and Crown Americas Capital Corp. (“Capital Corp”), as issuers (the “Issuers”), the Guarantors and
Citibank, N.A., as trustee (as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), and subject to the Indenture, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the
Notes, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of, and premium and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and
punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuers to the Noteholders or the Trustee, all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture, (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any
Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise and (c) all amounts due
to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture. 
  
 The obligations of
the Guarantors to the Noteholders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this
Guarantee. Each Holder of the Note to which this Guarantee is endorsed, by accepting such Note, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. 
  
 [Signatures on Following Pages] 
  

 G-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors has caused this Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized
officer. 
  

			
	 GUARANTORS:

	
	 Crown Holdings, Inc.

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
	
	 Attest:

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

 G-2 

			
	 Central States Can Co. of Puerto Rico, Inc.
 CROWN Beverage Packaging Puerto Rico, Inc.
 Crown Consultants, Inc.
 Crown Cork & Seal Company (DE), LLC
 Crown Cork & Seal Company,
Inc.
 Crown Financial Corporation
 Crown Financial Management, Inc.
 Crown International Holdings, Inc.
 CROWN Packaging Technology, Inc.
 Foreign Manufacturers Finance Corporation
 NWR, Inc.

	 Crown Holdings (PA), LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 Name:
	 	Michael B. Burns
	 Title:
	 	Vice President & Treasurer
	
	 CROWN Cork & Seal USA, Inc.
 CROWN Risdon USA, Inc.
 Crown Beverage Packaging, Inc.

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 Name:
	 	Michael B. Burns
	 Title:
	 	Vice President & Treasurer

  

 G-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00094-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00094-of-00352.parquet"}]]